- Accelerator
- AccessibleDescription
- AccessibleName
- AccessibleRole
- Action
- Activation
- Alignment
- Arguments
- Attributes
- Axis
- Axis.property
- BackColor
- Background.property
- BackImage
- Band
- Bandname.property
- Bandname.Text
- Bands
- BinaryIndex
- BitmapName
- Border
- Brush.property
- Brushmode
- Category
- CheckBox.property
- ClientName
- Color
- ColType
- Column.Count
- ContentsAllowed
- Criteria
- Criteria.property
- Crosstab.property
- CSSGen.property (obsolete)
- Data
- Data.HTML (obsolete)
- Data.HTMLTable (obsolete)
- Data.XHTML (obsolete)
- Data.XML
- Data.XMLDTD
- Data.XMLSchema
- Data.XMLWeb (obsolete)
- Data.XSLFO
- DataObject
- dbAlias
- dbName
- dddw.property
- ddlb.property
- DefaultPicture
- Depth
- Detail_Bottom_Margin
- Detail_Top_Margin
- Detail.property
- DispAttr.fontproperty
- DisplayType
- Edit.property
- EditMask.property
- Elevation
- EllipseHeight
- EllipseWidth
- Enabled
- Export.PDF.Distill.CustomPostScript
- Export.PDF.Method
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.Author
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.Keywords
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.Subject
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
- Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec
- Export.PDF.XSLFOP.Print
- Export.XHTML.TemplateCount
- Export.XHTML.Template[ ].Name
- Export.XHTML.UseTemplate
- Export.XML.HeadGroups
- Export.XML.IncludeWhitespace
- Export.XML.MetaDataType
- Export.XML.SaveMetaData
- Export.XML.TemplateCount
- Export.XML.Template[ ].Name
- Export.XML.UseTemplate
- Expression
- Filename
- FirstRowOnPage
- FocusRectangle
- Font.Bias
- Font.property
- Footer.property
- Format
- Gradient.property
- GraphType
- Grid.ColumnMove
- Grid.Lines
- GroupBy
- Header_Bottom_Margin
- Header_Top_Margin
- Header.property
- Header.#.property
- Height
- Height.AutoSize
- Height.HasMinHeight
- Help.property
- HideGrayLine
- HideSnaked
- Horizontal_Spread
- HorizontalScrollMaximum
- HorizontalScrollMaximum2
- HorizontalScrollPosition
- HorizontalScrollPosition2
- HorizontalScrollSplit
- HTextAlign
- HTML.property (obsolete)
- HTMLDW (obsolete)
- HTMLGen.property (obsolete)
- HTMLTable.property (obsolete)
- ID
- Identity
- Import.XML.Trace
- Import.XML.TraceFile
- Import.XML.UseTemplate
- Initial
- Ink.property
- InkEdit.property
- InkPic.property
- Invert
- JSGen.property (obsolete)
- Key
- KeyClause
- Label.property
- LabelDispAttr.fontproperty
- LastRowOnPage
- Left_Margin
- Legend
- Legend.DispAttr.fontproperty
- Level
- LineRemove
- LinkUpdateOptions
- Message.Title
- Moveable
- Multiline
- Name
- Nest_Arguments
- Nested
- NewPage (Group keywords)
- NewPage (Report controls)
- NoUserPrompt
- Objects
- OLE.Client.property
- OLEClass
- OriginalSize
- OverlapPercent
- Pen.property
- Perspective
- Picture.property
- Pie.DispAttr.fontproperty
- PlotNullData
- Pointer
- Print.Preview.property
- Print.property
- Printer
- Processing
- Protect
- QueryClear
- QueryMode
- QuerySort
- RadioButtons.property
- Range
- ReadOnly
- Render3D
- ReplaceTabWithSpace
- Report
- ResetPageCount
- Resizeable
- Retrieve
- Retrieve.AsNeeded
- RichEdit.property
- RichText.property
- RightToLeft
- Rotation
- Row.Resize
- Rows_Per_Detail
- Selected
- Selected.Data
- Selected.Mouse
- Series
- ShadeColor
- ShowBackColorOnXP
- ShowBackground
- ShowDefinition
- SizeToDisplay
- SlideLeft
- SlideUp
- Sort
- Spacing
- Sparse
- Storage
- StoragePageSize
- Summary.property
- SuppressEventProcessing
- Syntax
- Syntax.Data
- Syntax.Modified
- Table (for Create)
- Table (for InkPicture and TableBlobs)
- Table.property
- Table.sqlaction.property
- TabSequence
- Tag
- Target
- Template
- Text
- Timer_Interval
- Title
- Title.DispAttr.fontproperty
- Tooltip.property
- Trail_Footer
- Trailer.#.property
- Transparency (columns and controls)
- Transparency (picture controls in DataWindows)
- Transparency (DataWindow objects)
- Tree.property
- Tree.Leaf.TreeNodeIconName
- Tree.Level.#.property
- Type
- Units
- Update
- Validation
- ValidationMsg
- Values (for columns)
- Values (for graphs)
- Vertical_Size
- Vertical_Spread
- VerticalScrollMaximum
- VerticalScrollPosition
- Visible
- VTextAlign
- Width
- Width.Autosize
- Width.Autosize
- X
- X1, X2
- XHTMLGen.Browser (obsolete)
- XMLGen.property (obsolete)
- XSLTGen.property (obsolete)
- Y
- Y1, Y2
- Zoom
The properties for DataWindow objects and controls within a DataWindow object follow in alphabetical order.
The simple Visual Basic example shown for most properties can be used in C# by adding a semicolon to the end of each statement.
To see the properties organized by type of control or syntax keyword, see Controls in a DataWindow and their properties.
Description
The accelerator key that a user can press to select a column in the DataWindow object.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Accelerator
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Accelerator { = 'acceleratorkey ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column for which you want to get or set the accelerator key. |
acceleratorkey |
(exp) A string expression whose value is the letter that will be the accelerator key for columnname. Acceleratorkey can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
An accelerator key for a column allows users to select a column (change focus) with a keystroke rather than with the mouse. The user changes focus by pressing the accelerator key in combination with the Alt key.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Edit tab.
Displaying the accelerator
The column does not display the key. To let users know what key to use, you can include an underlined letter in a text control that labels the column. When you enter the text control's label, precede the character you want underlined with an ampersand (&).
Accelerator keys and edit styles
To use an accelerator key with the CheckBox or RadioButton edit style, select the Edit edit style and specify the accelerator there.
Examples
dw1.Object.emp_name.Accelerator = 'A' ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Accelerator") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Accelerator='A'")
Description
A description of the control and/or its purpose for use by accessibility tools such as readers for visually-impaired users.
Applies to
Column, computed field, picture, text, graph, group box, and button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.AccessibleDescription
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.AccessibleDescription { = 'description ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the accessible description |
description |
(exp) A string that describes the control's purpose or appearance |
Usage
You do not need to supply a description if the AccessibleName and AccessibleRole properties adequately describe the control, as in the case of a button with the label OK. You should provide a description for a picture or report control.
In the painter
In the Other tab in the Properties view, type a description in the AccessibleDescription text box.
Examples
dw1.Object.b_1.AccessibleDescription = 'Scrolls to Next Row' strData = dw1.Describe("b_1.AccessibleDescription") dw1.Modify("b_1.AccessibleDescription='Scrolls to next row'")
Description
A label that briefly describes the control for use by accessibility tools such as readers for visually-impaired users.
Applies to
Column, computed field, picture, text, graph, group box, and button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.AccessibleName
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.AccessibleName { = 'description ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the accessible description |
description |
(exp) A string that briefly describes the control |
Usage
The AccessibleName property is a brief description, such as the text in a button or the name of a menu item.
In the painter
In the Other tab in the Properties view, type a name in the AccessibleName text box.
Examples
dw1.Object.b_1.AccessibleName = 'Next' ls_data = dw1.Describe("b_1.AccessibleName") dw1.Modify("b_1.AccessibleName='Next'")
Description
A description of the kind of user-interface element that the control is, for use by accessibility tools such as readers for visually-impaired users.
Applies to
Column, computed field, picture, text, graph, group box, and button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.AccessibleRole
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.AccessibleRole { = 'enumeratedvalue ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the accessible description |
description |
(exp) A number specifying the type of AccessibleRole as a numeric value of the AccessibleRole DataWindow constant. |
Usage
The description is a member of the AccessibleRole enumerated variable. The default role is defaultrole! and is used when the role cannot be determined.
Control |
AccessibleRole |
---|---|
Button |
pushbuttonrole! |
Column |
textrole! |
Computed field |
statictextrole! |
Graph |
diagramrole! |
Group box |
groupingrole! |
Picture |
graphicrole! |
Text |
statictextrole! |
In the painter
In the Other tab in the Properties view, select a value in the AccessibleRole drop-down list.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.b_1.AccessibleRole ls_data = dw1.Describe("b_1.AccessibleRole")
Description
The action a user can assign to a button control.
Applies to
Button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.buttonname.Action
Describe and Modify argument:
"buttonname.Action { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
buttonname |
The name of the button for which you want to assign an action. |
value |
The action value assigned to the button. Values are listed in the following table. |
Value |
Action |
Description |
Value returned to ButtonClicked event |
---|---|---|---|
0 |
UserDefined |
(Default) Allows for programming of the ButtonClicked and ButtonClicking events with no intervening action occurring. |
Return code from the user's coded event script. |
1 |
Retrieve (Yield) |
Retrieves rows from the database. Before retrieval actually occurs, option to yield is turned on. This allows the Cancel action to take effect during a long retrieve. |
Number of rows retrieved. |
2 |
Retrieve |
Retrieves rows from the database. The option to yield is not automatically turned on. |
Number of rows retrieved. |
3 |
Cancel |
Cancels a retrieval that has been started with the option to yield. |
0 |
4 |
PageNext |
Scrolls to the next page. |
The row displayed at the top of the DataWindow control when the scrolling is complete or attempts to go past the first row. -1 if an error occurs. |
5 |
PagePrior |
Scrolls to the prior page. |
The row displayed at the top of the DataWindow control when the scrolling is complete or attempts to go past the first row. -1 if an error occurs. |
6 |
PageFirst |
Scrolls to the first page. |
1 if successful. -1 if an error occurs. |
7 |
PageLast |
Scrolls to the last page. |
The row displayed at the top of the DataWindow control when the scrolling is complete or attempts to go past the first row. -1 if an error occurs. |
8 |
Sort |
Displays Sort dialog box and sorts as specified. |
1 if successful. -1 if an error occurs. |
9 |
Filter |
Displays Filter dialog box and filters as specified. |
Number of rows filtered. Number < 0 if an error occurs. |
10 |
DeleteRow |
If button is in detail band, deletes row associated with button; otherwise, deletes the current row. |
1 if successful. -1 if an error occurs. |
11 |
AppendRow |
Inserts row at the end. |
Row number of newly inserted row. |
12 |
InsertRow |
If button is in detail band, inserts row using row number associated with the button; otherwise, inserts row using the current row. |
Row number of newly inserted row. |
13 |
Update |
Saves changes to the database. If the update is successful, a COMMIT is issued. If the update fails, a ROLLBACK is issued |
1 if successful. -1 if an error occurs. |
14 |
SaveRowsAs |
Displays Save As dialog box and saves rows in the format specified. |
Number of rows filtered. |
15 |
|
Prints one copy of the DataWindow object. |
0 |
16 |
Preview |
Toggles between preview and print preview. |
0 |
17 |
PreviewWithRulers |
Toggles between rulers on and off. |
0 |
18 |
QueryMode |
Toggles between query mode on and off. |
0 |
19 |
QuerySort |
Specifies sorting criteria (forces query mode on). |
0 |
20 |
QueryClear |
Removes the WHERE clause from a query (if one was defined). |
0 |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
dw1.Object.b_retrieve.Action = "2" setting = dw1.Describe("b_retrieve.Action") dw1.Modify("b_retrieve.Action = '2'")
Description
The way the server for the OLE object in the OLE Object control is activated. Choices include letting the user activate the object by double-clicking or putting activation under program control.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.olecontrolname.Activation
Describe and Modify argument:
"olecontrolname.Activation { = ' activationtype ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
olecontrolname |
The name of the OLE Object control for which you want to get or set the activation method. |
activationtype |
(exp) A number specifying the method of activation for the OLE object. Activationtype can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Values are: 0 -- The object has to be activated with the Activate method. 1 -- The user can activate the object by double-clicking on it. 2 -- The object activates when the container gets focus. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Options tab.
Examples
dw1.Object.ole_report.Activation ls_data = dw1.Describe("ole_report.Activation") dw1.Modify("ole_report.Activation='2'")
Description
The alignment of the control's text within its borders.
Applies to
Column, Computed Field, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Alignment
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Alignment { = ' alignmentvalue ' }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Text ( ... Alignment = alignmentvalue ... )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the alignment. |
alignmentvalue |
(exp) A number specifying the type of alignment for the text of controlname. Alignmentvalue can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Values are: 0 -- (Default) Left 1 -- Right 2 -- Center 3 -- Justified When generating DataWindow syntax with SyntaxFromSql, the setting for Alignment applies to all text controls used as column labels. |
Usage
When you select justified, the last line of text is not stretched to fill the line. Controls with only one line of text look left aligned.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value using:
-
Properties view, General tab
-
StyleBar
Examples
dw1.Object.emp_name_t.Alignment = 2 ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Alignment") dw1.Modify("emp_name_t.Alignment='2'")
Description
The retrieval arguments required by the data source. You specify retrieval arguments in the DataWindow's SELECT statement and you provide values for the retrieval arguments when you call the Retrieve method.
Applies to
Database table for the DataWindow object
Not settable in PowerScript. Used in DataWindow syntax.
Syntax
Table(Arguments = ( (name1, type), (name2, type) ... ) ... )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
name |
The name of the retrieval argument |
type |
The type of the argument:
|
Usage
In the painter
Set the value in the SQL Select painter or Query painter.
Open the SQL Select painter by selecting Design>Data Source from the menu bar in the DataWindow painter, or create or open a query in the Query painter. Then select Design>Retrieval Arguments.
Description
A tab-separated list of all the properties that apply to a control.
Applies to
DataWindow, Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Attributes
Describe argument:
"controlname.Attributes"
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.emp_name_t.Attributes ls_data = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Attributes") ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_name_t.Attributes")
Description
The list of items or the expression associated with an axis of a graph. Each item is separated by a comma. You can ask for the list of categories on the Category axis, the series on the Series axis, or the values on the Values axis.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.axis
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.axis { = 'list ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph within the DataWindow object for which you want to get or set the list of items for axis. |
axis |
An axis name. Values are:
|
list |
A string listing the categories, series, or values for the graph. The content of the list depends on the axis you specify. The items in the list are separated by commas. List is quoted. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the graph control and set the value by selecting a column or expression for each axis in the Properties view, Data tab.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.gr_1.Values dw1.Object.gr_1.Series = "Actual, Budget" ls_data = dw1.Describe("gr1.Category") ls_data = dw1.Describe("gr1.Series") ls_data = dw1.Describe("gr1.Values") dw1.Modify("gr1.Series='Actual, Budget'")
Description
Settings that control the appearance of an axis on a graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.axis.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.axis.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph within the DataWindow object for which you want to get or set a property value for an axis. |
axis |
An axis name. Values are:
|
property |
A property for the axis. Properties and their settings are listed in the table that follows. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For axis properties, value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Axis |
Value |
---|---|
AutoScale |
(exp) A boolean number specifying whether PowerBuilder scales the axis automatically. Enabled when the axis displays nonstring data. Values are: 0 -- No, do not automatically scale the axis. 1 -- Yes, automatically scale the axis. Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
DispAttr. fontproperty |
(exp) Properties that control the appearance of the text that labels the axis divisions. For a list of font properties, see the main entry for DispAttr.fontproperty. Painter: Text tab. Choose Category Axis Text, Series Axis Text, or Values Axis Text, and set font properties. |
DisplayEveryNLabels |
(exp) An integer specifying which major axis divisions to label. For example, 2 means label every other tick mark. Values 0 and 1 both mean label every tick mark. If the labels are too long, they are clipped. Painter: Axis tab, Major Divisions group (not available for all graph types). |
DropLines |
(exp) An integer indicating the type of drop line for the axis. Values are: 0 -- None 1 -- Solid 2 -- Dash 3 -- Dot 4 -- DashDot 5 -- DashDotDot Painter: Axis tab, Major Divisions group (not available for all graph types). Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
Frame |
(exp) An integer indicating the type of line used for the frame. Values are 0--5. See DropLines in this table for their meaning. Available for 3D graph types. Painter: Axis tab, Line Style group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
Label |
(exp) A string whose value is the axis label. Painter: Axis tab. |
LabelDispAttr. fontproperty |
(exp) Properties that control the appearance of the axis label. For a list of font properties, see the main entry for DispAttr.fontproperty. Painter: Text tab. Choose Category Axis Label, Series Axis Label, or Values Axis Label, and set font properties. |
MajorDivisions |
(exp) An integer specifying the number of major divisions on the axis. Painter: Axis tab, Major Divisions group. |
MajorGridLine |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of line for the major grid. Values are 0-5. See DropLines in this table for their meaning. Painter: Axis tab, Major Divisions group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
MajorTic |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of the major tick marks. Values are: 1 -- None 2 -- Inside 3 -- Outside 4 -- Straddle Painter: Axis tab, Major Divisions group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
MaximumValue |
(exp) A double specifying the maximum value for the axis. Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
MinimumValue |
(exp) A double specifying the minimum value for the axis. Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
MinorDivisions |
(exp) An integer specifying the number of minor divisions on the axis. Painter: Axis tab, Minor Divisions group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
MinorGridLine |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of line for the minor grid. Values are 0-5. See DropLines in this table for their meaning. Painter: Axis tab, Minor Divisions group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
MinorTic |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of the minor tick marks. Values are: 1 -- None 2 -- Inside 3 -- Outside 4 -- Straddle Painter: Axis tab, Minor Divisions group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
OriginLine |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of origin line for the axis. Values are 0-5. See DropLines in this table for their meaning. Enabled for numeric data axes. Painter: Axis tab, Line Style group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
PrimaryLine |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of primary line for the axis. Values are 0-5. See DropLines in this table for their meaning. Painter: Axis tab, Line Style group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
RoundTo |
(exp) A double specifying the value to which you want to round the axis values. Specify both a value and a unit (described next). Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
RoundToUnit |
(exp) An integer specifying the units for the rounding value. The units must be appropriate for the axis datatype. Values are: 0 -- Default, for an axis of any datatype 1 -- Years, for an axis of type date or DateTime 2 -- Months, for an axis of type date or DateTime 3 -- Days, for an axis of type date or DateTime 4 -- Hours, for an axis of type time or DateTime 5 -- Minutes, for an axis of type time or DateTime 6 -- Seconds, for an axis of type time or DateTime 7 -- Microseconds, for an axis of type time or DateTime Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
ScaleType |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of scale used for the axis. Values are: 1 -- Scale_Linear 2 -- Scale_Log10 3 -- Scale_Loge Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
ScaleValue |
(exp) An integer specifying the scale of values on the axis. Values are: 1 -- Scale_Actual 2 -- Scale_Cumulative 3 -- Scale_Percentage 4 -- Scale_CumPercent Painter: Axis tab, Scale group. |
SecondaryLine |
(exp) An integer specifying the type of secondary line for the axis. The line is parallel to and opposite the primary line and is usually not displayed in 2D graphs. Values are 0-5. See DropLines in this table for their meaning. Painter: Axis tab, Line Style group. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
ShadeBackEdge |
(exp) A boolean number specifying whether the back edge of the axis is shaded. Values are: 0 -- No, the back edge is not shaded 1 -- Yes, the back edge is shaded Painter: Axis tab. Enabled for 3D graphs only. Not supported by Render3D graph style. |
Sort |
(exp) An integer specifying the way the axis values should be sorted. (Does not apply to the Values axis.) Values are: 0 -- Unsorted 1 -- Ascending 2 -- Descending Painter: Axis tab, Line Style group. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the graph control or the Graph DataWindow object and set the value in the Properties view. To set most axis properties, select the Axis tab and an axis in the Axis drop-down list. Font properties are set on the Text tab.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.gr_1.Category.AutoScale dw1.Object.Category.LabelDispAttr.Alignment = 2 ls_data = dw1.Describe("gr_1.Category.AutoScale") dw1.Modify("gr_1.Series.AutoScale=0") dw1.Modify("gr_1.Values.Label='Cities'") dw1.Modify("gr_1.Category.LabelDispAttr.Alignment=2")
Description
The background color of a graph in a DataWindow.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.BackColor
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.BackColor { = long }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The graph whose background color you want to get or set. |
long |
(exp) A long expression specifying the color (red, green, and blue values) to be used as the graph's background color. Long can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the graph control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
dw1.Object.graph_1.BackColor = 250 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.BackColor") dw1.Modify("graph_1.BackColor=250")
Description
Settings for the color and transparency of a control.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, GroupBox, Line, Oval, Rectangle, RoundRectangle, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Background.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Background.property { = 'value ' }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Column ( Background.property = value ) Text ( Background.property = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control whose Background properties you want to get or set. When generating DataWindow syntax with SyntaxFromSql, the Background settings apply to all columns or all text controls. |
property |
A property that applies to the background of a control, as listed in the Property table below. |
value |
Values for the properties are shown below. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Background |
Value |
---|---|
Brushmode |
(exp) An integer indicating the type of "brush" to use for the gradient. Values are: Painter: Background tab, Gradient group (not available in RichText, Graph, or OLE DataWindow objects). |
Color |
(exp) A long expression specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used as the control's background color. Painter: Background tab |
Mode |
(exp) A number expression specifying the mode of the background of controlname. Values are: 0 -- Make the control's background opaque 1 -- Make the control's background transparent 2 -- Make the control's background partially transparent |
Transparency |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the column or control's primary background is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. Painter: Background tab. |
Gradient.Angle |
(exp) An integer indicating the angle in degrees (values are 0 to 360) used to offset the color and transparency gradient. This property is used only when the column's or control's background.gradient.mode takes values of 3 or 4. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Color |
(exp) A long specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used as the column or control's secondary background color. The gradient defines transitions between the primary and secondary background colors. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Focus |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, specifying the distance (as a percentage) from the center where the background color is at its maximum. (For example, if the radial gradient is used and the value is set to 0, the color will be at the center of the background; if the value is set to 100, the color will be at the edges of the background.) Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Gradient.Repetition.Mode |
(exp) Specifies the mode for determining the number of gradient transitions for the column's or control's background color and transparency. Permitted values and their meanings are:
Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Repetition.Count |
(exp) An integer specifying the number of gradient transitions for background color and transparency. A value of 0 indicates 1 transition. A value of 3 indicates 4 transitions. This property is used only when the gradient.repetition.mode property for the column or control takes the value of 0 (by count). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Repetition.Length |
(exp) A long specifying the number of gradient transitions. This property is used only when the gradient.repetition.mode property for the column or control takes the value of 1 (by length). The units for the length that you assign for gradient transitions are set by the DataWindow object's Units property. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Scale |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100 specifying the rate of transition to the gradient color (as a percentage). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Gradient.Spread |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100 indicating the contribution of the second color to the blend (as a percentage). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Gradient.Transparency |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the column or control's secondary (gradient) background is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. The gradient defines transitions between the primary and secondary transparency settings. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Font tab for controls that have text and in the General tab for drawing controls (choose Transparent or a color).
When you choose a Brush Hatch fill pattern other than Solid for an Oval, Rectangle, or RoundRectangle control, the Background Color and the Brush Color are used for the pattern colors.
Background color of a button
The background color of a button will take effect only when the Windows classic style option is selected. Select "Enable Windows Classic Style in the IDE" in the System Options for this property to take effect when running the application from the IDE; and select "Windows classic style" in the project painter for this property to take effect when running the application executable.
Background color of a line
The background color of a line is the color that displays between the segments of the line when the pen style is not solid.
Transparent background
If Background.Mode is transparent (1), Background.Color is ignored.
Background gradient properties
Background gradient and transparency properties do not apply to DataWindow objects with the RichText, Graph, or OLE presentation style, and do not apply to the Line control.
DropDownDataWindows and GetChild
When you set Background.Color and Background.Mode for a column with a DropDownDataWindow, references to the DropDownDataWindow become invalid. Call GetChild again after changing these properties to obtain a valid reference.
Examples
dw1.Object.oval_1.Background.Color = RGB(255, 0, 128) ls_data = dw1.Describe("oval_1.Background.Color") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Background.Color='11665407'") ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Background.Mode") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Background.Mode='1'") dw1.Modify("rndrect_1.Background.Mode='0'") SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(...) Column(Background.Mode=1 ...) ...", & ls_Errors) SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(...) Column(Background.Color=11665407 ...)", & ls_Errors)
Description
The column that contains the background image for an InkPicture control in a DataWindow.
Applies to
InkPicture controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.inkpicname.BackImage
Describe and Modify argument:
"inkpicname.BackImage{ = colname }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
inkpicname |
The graph whose background color you want to get or set. |
colname |
A string value specifying the name of the long binary column that contains the background image for the control. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the InkPicture control and set the value in the Properties view, Definition tab, Col for Image property. The image format can be JPEG, GIF, BMP, or ICO. If you change the image, call the Retrieve method to force the DataWindow to retrieve the new image.
Examples
sval = dw1.Object.inkpic_1.backimage dw1.Object.inkpic_1.backimage = 'InkImg'
Description
The band or layer in the DataWindow object that contains the control. The returned text is one of the following, where # is the level number of a group: detail, footer, header, header.#, summary, trailer.#, tree.level.#, foreground, background.
Changing a control's band
Use the SetPosition method to change a control's band at runtime.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Band
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Band"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control within the DataWindow for which you want the band it occupies |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab, Layer option. When the control's layer is Band, you can drag the control into another band.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.emp_title.Band ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_title.Band")
Description
Settings for the color, size, and pointer of a band in the DataWindow object. The gradient settings do not work in reports.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.bandname.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.bandname{.#}.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
bandname |
The identifier of a band in the DataWindow object. Values are:
Setting the header.#, trailer.#, and tree.level.# bands You cannot use dot notation to set the header.#, trailer.#, and tree.level.# bands. |
# |
The number of the group or TreeView level you want when bandname is Header, Trailer, or Tree.Level. The group must exist. |
property |
A property that applies to the band, as listed in the table below. |
value |
Values for the properties are shown in the following table. |
Property for Bandname |
Value |
---|---|
Brushmode |
(exp) An integer indicating the type of "brush" to use for the gradient. Values are: 0 -- Solid 1 -- Horizontal 2 -- Vertical 3 -- Angle 4 -- ScaledAngle 5 -- Radial Painter: Background tab, Gradient group (not available for RichText, Graph, or OLE DataWindow objects). |
Color |
(exp) A long specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used as the band's background color. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Painter: General tab. |
Height |
An integer specifying the height of the detail area in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow. Painter: General tab. For another way of setting the height of the detail band, see the SetDetailHeight method. |
Height.AutoSize |
Allows the band to grow to display a row, picture, or nested report without cutting off any of its content. In the detail band, selecting this property sets the minimum height for all rows to the size specified by the Height property for the band. Values are: No -- Fixes the band height to the size set for the Height property of the band. Yes -- Adjusts the band height to accommodate the full content of a row or the controls in the band. However, the band height cannot be reduced below the value set for the Height property of the band. This property can be especially useful to set on the detail band when it contains rows with a text column that you want to display without cutting off any of the text. The height of the detail band must not grow larger than a page, except when it contains nested DataWindows with the Report.Height.AutoSize property set to Yes. You can set this property on individual columns and controls as well as on the band itself. For more information, see the Height.AutoSize property for DataWindow objects. There are some limitations on the use of this property:
Painter: General tab when the band is selected. |
Pointer |
(exp) A string specifying a value of the Pointer enumerated datatype or the name of a cursor file (.CUR) to be used for the pointer. See the section called “SetPointer” in PowerScript Reference for a list of Pointer values. Pointername can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Painter: Pointer tab. |
Suppress |
A boolean that lets you suppress group headers after page breaks. You can set this property on group header bands only. When a group listing straddles a page break, all group headers for which you set this property will be suppressed. The suppressed headers do not display at the top of the page. However, if the page break coincides with the start of a new group, only headers above the current group header can be suppressed. Values are: No -- Does not suppress group headers. Yes -- Suppresses group headers. Painter: General tab when a group header band is selected. |
Transparency |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the background is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. Painter: Background tab. |
Gradient.Angle |
(exp) An integer indicating the angle in degrees (values are 0 to 360) used to offset the color and transparency gradient. This property is used only when the DataWindow band gradient.mode takes values of 3 or 4. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Color |
(exp) A long specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used as the band object's secondary background color. The gradient defines transitions between the primary and secondary background colors. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Painter: Background tab. |
Gradient.Focus |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, specifying the distance (as a percentage) from the center where the background color is at its maximum. (For example, if the radial gradient is used and the value is set to 0, the color will be at the center of the background; if the value is set to 100, the color will be at the edges of the background.) Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Gradient.Scale |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100 specifying the rate of transition to the gradient color (as a percentage). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Gradient.Spread |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100 indicating the contribution of the second color to the blend (as a percentage). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Gradient.Repetition.Mode |
(exp) Specifies the mode for determining the number of gradient transitions for band background color and transparency. Permitted values and their meanings are:
Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Repetition.Count |
(exp) An integer specifying the number of gradient transitions for background color and transparency. A value of 0 indicates 1 transition. A value of 3 indicates 4 transitions. This property is used only when the gradient.repetition.mode property for the DataWindow band takes the value of 0 (by count). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Repetition.Length |
(exp) A long specifying the number of gradient transitions. This property is used only when the gradient.repetition.mode property for the DataWindow band takes the value of 1 (by length). The units for the length that you assign for the band's gradient transitions are set by the DataWindow object's Units property. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Gradient.Transparency |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the band's secondary (gradient) background is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. The gradient defines transitions between the primary and secondary transparency settings. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the band by clicking the gray divider for the band. Set the value in the Properties view.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Detail.Height dw1.Object.DataWindow.Detail.Pointer = "hand.cur" ls_data = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Detail.Height") ls_data = & dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Detail.Height.AutoSize") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Detail.Pointer='hand.cur'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Detail.Pointer='~"Cross!~" ~t if(emp_status=~"a~", ~"HourGlass!~", ~"Cross!~")'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Footer.Height=250") ll_color = RGB(200, 200, 500) dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Header.2.Color=" & + String(ll_color)) dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Trailer.2.Height=500") dw1.Modify( & "DataWindow.Summary.Pointer='c:\pb\total.cur'")
Description
(RichText presentation style only) The rich text content of the specified band as an ASCII string.
Applies to
DataWindows in the RichText presentation style
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.bandname.Text
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.bandname.Text { = rtfstring }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
bandname |
The identifier of a band in the DataWindow object that has the RichText presentation style. Values are:
|
rtfstring |
A string whose value is the rich text content of the band. The string includes the rich text formatting codes, text, and input fields. Text assigned to the header or footer band is ignored if RichText.HeaderFooter is set to no. When you assign text using the Modify method or dot notation, nested quotes must be represented with tildes and quotes. If your data is a pure RTF string, use the PasteRTF method. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value by editing the content of each band in the painter workspace.
Examples
ls_footertext = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Footer.Text ls_data = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Detail.Text")
Description
A list of the bands in the DataWindow object. The list can include one or more of the following band identifiers, where # is the level number of a group: Detail, Footer, Header, Header.#, Summary, Trailer.#, Tree.Level.#. The items in the list are separated by tabs.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Bands
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Bands"
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Bands ls_data = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Bands")
Description
An internal index that PowerBuilder uses to manage the OLE Object control in the library. There is no reason to get this value; the value has no external significance.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
"olecontrolname.BinaryIndex"
Description
Whether PowerBuilder interprets the column's value as the name of a picture file and displays the picture instead of the text. BitmapName's value is either Yes or No.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.BitmapName
Describe argument:
"columnname.BitmapName"
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Display As Pic option.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.emp_name.BitmapName ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_name.BitmapName")
Description
The type of border for the control.
Applies to
Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, OLE, Picture, Report, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Border
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Border { = 'value ' }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Column ( ... Border = value ... ) Text ( ... Border = value ... )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control whose border you want to get or set. When generating DataWindow syntax with SyntaxFromSql, the Border setting applies to all columns or all text controls. |
value |
(exp) A number specifying the type of border. Values are: 0 -- None 1 -- Shadow 2 -- Rectangle 3 -- Resize 4 -- Line 5 -- 3D Lowered 6 -- 3D Raised The value can be a quoted DataWindow painter expression. When you change between Resize and another border, change the Resizeable property too so that the control's appearance and behavior match. For columns, you can access the Border property with the GetBorderStyle and SetBorderStyle methods. The "3D Lowered" style will take effect only when the Windows classic style option is selected. Select "Enable Windows Classic Style in the IDE" in the System Options for this style to take effect when running the application from the IDE; and select "Windows classic style" in the project painter for this style to take effect when running the application executable. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Changing the Border setting between Resize and another border affects the Resizeable option on the Position tab. To make another border resizable, choose the border then reset Resizeable.
For examples of other ways to set properties, using Border as an example, see What you can do with DataWindow object properties.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.emp_name_t.Border dw1.Object.emp_name_t.Border='6' ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_name_t.Border") dw1.Modify("emp_name_t.Border='6'") SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(...) Column(Border=5 ...) ...", ls_Errors)
Description
Settings for the fill pattern and color of a graphic control.
Applies to
Oval, Rectangle, and RoundRectangle controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Brush.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Brush.property { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the Line, Oval, Rectangle, RoundRectangle, or Text control whose Brush property you want to get or set. |
property |
A property that applies to the Brush characteristics of a control, as listed in the table below. |
value |
Values for the properties are shown in the next table. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Brush |
Value |
---|---|
Color |
(exp) A long expression specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used to fill the control. |
Hatch |
(exp) A number expression specifying the fill pattern of controlname. Values are: 0 -- Horizontal 1 -- Bdiagonal (lines from lower left to upper right) 2 -- Vertical 3 -- Cross 4 -- Fdiagonal (lines from upper left to lower right) 5 -- DiagCross 6 -- Solid 7 -- Transparent 8 - Background (use the settings on the Background tab) |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
When you choose a Brush Hatch fill pattern other than Solid or Transparent, the Background Color and the Brush Color are used for the pattern colors.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.oval_1.Brush.Hatch dw1.Object.oval_1.Brush.Hatch = 5 ls_data = dw1.Describe("oval_1.Brush.Hatch") dw1.Modify("oval_1.Brush.Hatch='5'") dw1.Modify("oval_1.Brush.Color='16731766'")
Description
Setting that controls the type of "brush" used for the background or primary gradient.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.brushmode
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow (brushmode = { integer } )"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
integer |
The value to be assigned to the property: 0 -- Solid 1 -- HorizontalGradient 2 -- VerticalGradient 3 -- AngleGradient 4 -- ScaledAngleGradient 5 -- RadialGradient 6 -- Picture |
Usage
In the painter
Set the brushmode value on the Background tab of the Properties view.
If you save to an EMF or WMF, the properties on the Background tab are not saved with the DataWindow.
The following table explains the possible values for Brushmode:
Value |
Description |
---|---|
0 - Solid |
The background is a solid color as selected |
1 - HorizontalGradient |
The color changes horizontally from the primary color (and transparency) to the secondary color (and transparency). The primary values are defined by the datawindow.color and datawindow.transparency, and the secondary values are defined by datawindow.gradient.color and datawindow.gradient.transparency. The gradient can be repeated using the datawindow.gradient.repetition.mode property. |
2 - VerticalGradient |
The color changes vertically from the background color (and transparency) to the secondary color (and transparency). The primary values are defined by the datawindow.color and datawindow.transparency, and the secondary values are defined by datawindow.gradient.color and datawindow.gradient.transparency. The gradient can be repeated using the datawindow.gradient.repetition.mode property. |
3 - AngleGradient |
The color changes at a specific angle off the horizontal from the background color (and transparency) to the secondary color (and transparency). The angle is specified in datawindow.gradient.angle. The primary values are defined by the datawindow.color and datawindow.transparency, and the secondary values are defined by datawindow.gradient.color and datawindow.gradient.transparency. The gradient can be repeated using the datawindow.gradient.repetition.mode property. |
4 - ScaledAngleGradient |
The color changes at an angle, which adjusts according to the changes in the aspect ratio of the DataWindow control. The starting angle is specified in datawindow.gradient.angle. The primary values are defined by the datawindow.color and datawindow.transparency, and the secondary values are defined by datawindow.gradient.color and datawindow.gradient.transparency. The gradient can be repeated using the datawindow.gradient.repetition.mode property. |
5 - RadialGradient |
The background color (and transparency) starts at the center and slow changes to the gradient color (and transparency) at the boundaries of the DataWindow. The primary values are defined by the datawindow.color and datawindow.transparency, and the secondary values are defined by datawindow.gradient.color and datawindow.gradient.transparency. |
6 - Picture |
A picture is used as the background. The image is specified in datawindow.picture.file. |
See also
See Axis, Axis.property, and DispAttr.fontproperty.
Description
Settings for a column whose edit style is CheckBox.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.CheckBox.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.CheckBox.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column whose edit style is CheckBox for which you want to get or set property values. |
property |
A property for the CheckBox edit style, as listed in the table below. |
value |
Values for the properties are shown in the table below. For CheckBox properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for CheckBox |
Value |
---|---|
LeftText |
Whether the CheckBox label is to the left or right of the CheckBox. Values are: Yes -- Display the label on the left. No -- Display the label on the right. Painter: Edit tab, Left Text option. |
Off |
A string constant specifying the column value when the CheckBox is off (unchecked). The resulting value must be the same datatype as the column. Painter: Edit tab, Data Value for Off option. |
On |
A string constant specifying the value that will be put in the column when the CheckBox is on (checked). The resulting value must be the same datatype as the column. Painter: Edit tab, Data Value for On option. |
Other |
A string constant specifying the value that will be put in the column when the CheckBox is in the third state (neither checked nor unchecked). The value must be the same datatype as the column. Painter: Edit tab, This option is available when ThreeStates is True. |
Scale |
Whether you want to scale the 2D CheckBox. Takes effect only when the ThreeD property is No. Values are: Yes -- Scale the CheckBox. No -- Do not scale the CheckBox. Painter: Edit tab,Scale option. |
Text |
A string specifying the CheckBox's label text. Painter: Edit tab, Text option. |
ThreeD |
Whether the CheckBox should be 3D. Values are: Yes -- Make the CheckBox 3D No -- Do not make the CheckBox 3D Painter: Edit tab, 3D Look option. |
ThreeStates |
Whether the CheckBox should have three states. Values are: Yes -- The CheckBox has three states No -- The CheckBox does not have three states Painter: Edit tab, 3 States option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Edit tab, when Style Type option is CheckBox.
Examples
dw1.Modify("emp_gender.CheckBox.3D=no") IF dw1.Describe("emp_status.CheckBox.LeftText") & = "yes" THEN dw1.Modify("emp_status2.CheckBox.LeftText=yes") END IF dw1.Modify("emp_status.CheckBox.Off='Terminated'") dw1.Modify("emp_status.CheckBox.On='Active'") dw1.Modify("emp_status.CheckBox.Other='Unknown'") dw1.Object.emp_gender.CheckBox.ThreeD = "no" IF dw1.Object.emp_status.CheckBox.LeftText = "yes" THEN dw1.Object.emp_status2.CheckBox.LeftText = "yes" END IF
Description
The name of the OLE client. The default is "Untitled." ClientName is used by some applications in the server window's title.
Applies to
OLE Object and TableBlob controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.ClientName
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.ClientName { = ' clientname ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of a blob column or an OLE Object control. |
clientname |
(exp) A string expression to be used in the title of the server application's window. For a blob, the string usually includes data from the current row so that the window title can identify the blob's row. Begin the string with a tab (~t) when you modify the value so that PowerBuilder evaluates the expression instead of displaying it. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Options tab.
Examples
cname = dw1.Object.emppict_blob.ClientName dw1.Object.emppict_blob.ClientName = & "~t'Data for ' String(emp_id)" cname = dw1.Describe("emppict_blob.ClientName") dw1.Modify("emppict_blob.ClientName='" + & "~t~"Data for ~" + String(emp_id)'")
Description
The text color of the column or the background color of the DataWindow.
The color affected by the Color property depends on the control:
-
For the DataWindow, Color specifies the background color
-
For columns, computed fields, and text, Color specifies the text color
-
For graphs, Color specifies the line color used for axes, borders around data markers, tick marks, and the outline of the box for 3D graphs
Applies to
DataWindow, Button, Column, Graph, and GroupBox controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Color dw_control.Object.controlname.Color
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Color { = long }" "controlname.Color { = long }"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow ( Color = long ) Column ( Color = long )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The column whose text color you want to set or the graph whose line color you want to set. |
long |
(exp for columns only) A long value specifying the color of the column text or the DataWindow background. When you are specifying the text color of a column, you can specify a DataWindow expression in quotes. You cannot specify an expression for the DataWindow background color. When generating DataWindow syntax with SyntaxFromSql, the Color setting for Column applies to all columns. |
Usage
In the painter
For the DataWindow background, click the DataWindow to deselect all controls and set the value in the Properties view, Background tab, Color option. If you save to an EMF or WMF, the properties on the Background tab are not saved with the DataWindow.
For a column's text color, select the column and set the value in the Properties view, Font tab, Text Color option.
For a graph's line color, select the graph and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Text Color option.
Examples
string column_text_color column_text_color = dw1.Object.emp_name.Color dw1.Object.salary.Color = & "0~tIf(salary>90000,255,65280)" dw_back_color = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Color") column_text_color = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Color") dw1.Modify( & "salary.Color='0~tIf(salary>90000,255,65280)'")
See also
Description
The datatype of the column or computed field.
Applies to
Column and Computed Field controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.ColType
Describe argument:
"controlname.ColType"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The column for which you want the datatype. Possible datatypes are:
|
Usage
In the painter
The value of ColType is derived from the data or expression you specify for the control. The value is displayed in the Column Specifications view.
Date column types
If you define a DataWindow with a column of type Date and deploy it with a DBMS that uses the DateTime datatype, set the StaticBind database parameter to 0 or No. This forces PowerBuilder to get a result set description before retrieving data and adjust the bind information if necessary.
For more information, see the section called “StaticBind” in Connection Reference.
Examples
string ls_coltype ls_coltype = dw1.Object.emp_id.ColType ls_coltype = dw1.Describe("emp_id.ColType")
Description
The number of columns in the DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Column.Count
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Column.Count"
Usage
In the painter
The value is determined by the number of columns you select in the SQL Select painter, whether or not they are displayed.
Column limit
There is a limit of 1000 on the number of columns in a DataWindow object.
Examples
string ls_colcount ls_colcount = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Column.Count ls_colcount = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Column.Count")
Description
The way the OLE Object control holds the OLE object. You can restrict the container to only embedded or only linked objects, or you can allow either type.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.olecontrolname.ContentsAllowed
Describe and Modify argument:
"olecontrolname.ContentsAllowed { = ' contentstype ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
olecontrolname |
The name of the OLE Object control for which you want to get or set the type of contents. |
contentstype |
A number specifying whether the OLE object in the control has to be embedded, has to be linked, or can be either embedded or linked. Values are: 0 -- Embedded 1 -- Linked 2 -- Any |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Options tab, Contents option.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.ole_report.ContentsAllowed dw1.Object.ole_report.ContentsAllowed = 2 ls_data = dw1.Describe("ole_report.ContentsAllowed") dw1.Modify("ole_report.ContentsAllowed='2'")
Description
The search condition of the WHERE clause for a related report. The Criteria property defines the connection between the related report and the DataWindow.
Applies to
Report controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.reportname.Criteria
Describe and Modify argument:
"reportname.Criteria { = string }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
reportname |
The name of the report control for which you want to get or set Criteria. |
string |
An expression that will be the search condition of the WHERE clause for the related report. |
Examples
ls_colcount = dw1.Object.rpt_1.Criteria dw1.Object.rpt_1.Criteria = "emp_id=:emp_id" ls_colcount = dw1.Describe("rpt_1.Criteria") dw1.Modify("rpt_1.Criteria='emp_id=:emp_id'")
See also
Nest_Arguments DataWindow object property in Nest_Arguments.
Description
Settings for the Prompt for Criteria dialog box. When Prompt for Criteria is enabled, PowerBuilder prompts the user to specify criteria for retrieving data whenever the Retrieve method is called. Note that the Required property also affects query mode.
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Criteria.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Criteria.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column for which you want to get or set Prompt for Criteria properties. |
property |
A property for the Prompt for Criteria dialog box. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
A Yes or No value to be assigned to the property. For Criteria properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for Criteria |
Value |
---|---|
Dialog |
Whether Prompt for Criteria is on for columnname. Values are: Yes -- Include columnname in the Prompt for Criteria dialog box. No -- (Default) Do not include columnname in the Prompt for Criteria dialog box. If the Dialog property is Yes for at least one column in the DataWindow, then PowerBuilder displays the Prompt for Criteria dialog box when the Retrieve method is called. Painter: Column Specifications view, Prompt check box. |
Override_Edit |
Whether the user must enter data in the Prompt for Criteria dialog box according to the edit style defined for the column in the DataWindow object or be allowed to enter any specifications in a standard edit control. Values are: Yes -- Allow the user to override the column's edit style and enter data in a standard edit control. No -- (Default) Constrain the user to the edit style for the column. Painter: Properties view, General Tab, Override Edit option. |
Required |
Whether the user is restricted to the equality operator (=) when specifying criteria in query mode and in the Prompt for Criteria dialog box. Values are: Yes -- Require the user to use the equality operator only. No -- (Default) Allow the user to use any relational operator, including =, <>, <, >, >=, and <=. Painter: Properties view, General tab, Equality Required option. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the values using the menus and Properties view as described in the table above.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.empname.Criteria.Dialog dw1.Object.empname.Criteria.Dialog= "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("empname.Criteria.Dialog") dw1.Modify("empname.Criteria.Dialog=Yes") dw1.Modify("empname.Criteria.Override_Edit=Yes") dw1.Modify("empname.Criteria.Required=No") IF dw1.Describe("empname.Edit.Style") = "dddw" THEN dw1.Modify("empname.Criteria.Override_Edit=Yes") END IF
Description
Settings for a DataWindow object whose presentation style is Crosstab.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Crosstab.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Crosstab.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for a Crosstab DataWindow. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
A string expression listing the items to be assigned to the property. For Crosstab properties, value is always quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for Crosstab |
Value |
---|---|
Columns |
(exp) A string containing a comma- or tab-separated list of the names of columns that make up the columns of the crosstab. These are the columns that display across the top of the crosstab. Painter: Columns option. |
Rows |
(exp) A string containing a comma- or tab-separated list of the names of columns that make up the rows of the crosstab. Painter: Rows option. |
SourceNames |
(exp) A string containing a comma-separated list of column names to be displayed in the Crosstab Definition dialog box. The default names are the column names from the database. Painter: Source Data option. |
StaticMode |
A string indicating whether a dynamic crosstab should be put into a static mode. The dynamic crosstab remains in static mode until you set StaticMode to No. While the dynamic crosstab is in static mode, you can manipulate the properties of individual columns. Values are: Yes -- StaticMode is enabled No -- (Default) StaticMode is disabled Painter: Not set in painter. |
Values |
(exp) A string containing a comma- or tab-separated list of expressions that will be used to calculate the values of the crosstab. Painter: Values option. |
Usage
In the painter
For DataWindow objects with the Crosstab presentation style, set the values in the Crosstab Definition dialog box. To display the dialog box, right-click in the Design view to display the pop-up menu and select Crosstab.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Crosstab.Columns dw1.Object.DataWindow.Crosstab.Columns = "dept_id" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Crosstab.Columns") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Crosstab.Columns='dept_id'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Crosstab.Rows='salary'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Crosstab.SourceNames=" & + "'Order Number, Item Number, Price'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Crosstab.Values='empname'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Crosstab.StaticMode='yes'")
See also
CrosstabDialog function in the the section called “CrosstabDialog”
Description
Settings that specify the physical path to which a generated CSS style sheet is published and the URL where the style sheet is located.
Obsolete property
CSSGen.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.CSSGen.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.CSSGen.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
One of the following:
|
value |
(exp) PublishPath -- a string that specifies the physical path of the website folder to which PowerBuilder publishes the generated CSS style sheet (exp) ResourceBase -- a string that specifies the URL of the generated CSS style sheet to be referenced in a link element in the XHTML page (exp) SessionSpecific -- a boolean that when set to "yes" forces a session-specific ID to be applied to any generated document names that would otherwise be shared |
Usage
The PublishPath folder must correspond to the URL specified in the ResourceBase property. At runtime, after PowerBuilder generates the CSS style sheet to the PublishPath folder, it includes it in the final XHTML page by referencing it with the ResourceBase property in a <link> element.
Typically you share style (CSS), layout (XSLT), and control definitions (JS) for use by all clients; however, if you use dynamic DataWindow objects customized for specific clients, you can force generation of the DataWindow presentation-related document names to be specific to each client. You do this by setting the CSSGen.SessionSpecific property to "yes". This eliminates the possibility of server-side contention for presentation formats when the DataWindow generation is specific to the client.
In the painter
In the Web Generation tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select CSS from the Format to Configure list, specify the Resource Base and Publish Path locations, and check the Session-specific CSS, XSLT and JS file names check box if you want to force generation of client-specific names.
Examples
These statements set the CSSGen.ResourceBase and CSSGen.PublishPath properties:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.CSSGen.ResourceBase= & 'http://www.myserver.com/xmlsource' dw1.Object.DataWindow.CSSGen.PublishPath= & 'C:\work\outputfiles\xmlsource'
This statement sets the CSSGen.SessionSpecific property for a JSP page:
dwGen.Modify ("DataWindow.CSSGen.SessionSpecific='Yes'");
Description
A tab-separated list describing the data in the DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Data")
Description
A string containing HTML and JavaScript that represents data and presentation of the DataWindow object.
The data is presented in a read-only HTML table or data-entry form, depending on settings of other properties.
Obsolete property
Data.HTML is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.HTML
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.HTML"
Usage
When HTMLDW is set to False, the value of Data.HTML is the same as the value of HTMLTable -- a read-only HTML table that displays all retrieved rows.
When the HTMLDW property is set to True, the value of Data.HTML is a form that supports data input with client scripts for data validation and events. The generated string for Data.HTML includes:
-
HTML input elements
-
JavaScript for validating newly entered data based on validation rules in the DataWindow object
-
HTML and JavaScript for navigation based on DataWindow Button controls with scrolling actions
-
State information about the modification status of data items
JavaScript for navigation passes the state of the DataWindow back to the page server in two variables: objectname_action and objectname_context. It also passes back any page parameters defined in the HTMLGen.SelfLinkArgs property. All the HTMLGen.property values affect the way HTML is generated.
The resulting Web DataWindow is a client-side control for a Web page with events and methods that can cooperate with a server component for a Web-based data entry application.
Exceptions
If the DataWindow is in print preview mode, or there are no columns with non-zero tab order, the setting of HTMLDW is ignored and the generated HTML is a read-only table, not a data-entry form.
To generate a simple form without data entry methodality, you can use the GenerateHTMLForm method.
Examples
strHtml = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.HTML strHtml = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Data.HTML")
Description
The data in the DataWindow object described in HTML table format. This property is used in the process of dynamically creating Web pages from a database.
Obsolete property
Data.HTMLTable is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.HtmlTable
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.HtmlTable"
Usage
Some presentation styles translate better into HTML than others. The Tabular, Group, Freeform, Crosstab, and Grid presentation styles produce good results. The Composite, RichText, OLE 2.0, TreeView, and Graph presentation styles produce HTML tables based on the result set only and not on the presentation style. DataWindows with overlapping controls in them might not produce the desired results. Nested reports are ignored; they are not included in the generated HTML.
The generated HTML for Data.HTMLTable is a read-only HTML Table element that includes:
-
All retrieved rows
-
Hyperlinks for text, pictures, computed fields, and columns as defined in the HTML.property settings
Data.HTMLTable is not affected by the HTMLDW property and does not generate a client control with events and support for scripting in the Web page.
The values of HTMLGen.Browser and HTMLGen.Version affect the generated HTML. Setting these properties causes the generated HTML to be optimized for a specific level of HTML support or specific browser using style sheets and absolute positioning, if possible. For more information, see HTMLGen.property.
The resulting HTML table does not allow data entry. To produce HTML forms, see the Data.HTML property and the GenerateHTMLForm method.
An easy way to see a DataWindow in a Web browser
The HTML string that the Data.HTMLTable property returns is equivalent to the string that is saved when you use either the File>Save Rows As HTML Table option in the DataWindow painter workspace or the SaveAs method.
To see what a DataWindow will look like, save it as an HTML file and open the file in a Web browser such as Netscape.
In the painter
When HTMLDW is not selected, the Design>HTML Preview displays the value of Data.HTMLTable. Save an HTML file that you can use later in a browser with File>Save Rows As; set the Save As Type to HTML Table.
Examples
ls_html = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.HTMLTable ls_html = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Data.HTMLTable")
Description
A string containing the row data content of the DataWindow object in XHTML format.
Obsolete property
Data.XHTML is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.XHTML
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.XHTML"
Usage
If any of the Export.XHTML properties have been set, the string that is generated reflects the values of these properties.
The resulting XHTML string contains a <form> element that supports data input, which works with separate client scripts for data validation and events. This JavaScript is either dynamically generated and/or statically deployed. To generate static JavaScript, select HTML/XHTML from the Format to Configure drop-down list on the JavaScript Generation page in the DataWindow painter Properties view, specify names for the files you want to generate, and click the Generate File button.
The generated XHTML string also includes:
-
XHTML input elements
-
XHTML and JavaScript for navigation based on DataWindow button controls with scrolling actions
-
State information about the modification status of data items
JavaScript for navigation passes the state of the DataWindow back to the page server in two variables: objectname_action and objectname_context. It also passes back any page parameters defined in the HTMLGen.SelfLinkArgs property. All applicable HTMLGen.property values also affect the way the XHTML is generated.
The resulting XML Web DataWindow is a client-side control for a Web page, such as a JSP page, with events and methods that can cooperate with a server component for a Web-based data entry application.
Examples
The following statements set the template used by the DataWindow dw1 to t_report and return the generated XHTML document to the string ls_XHTML. To generate the string, the final statement invokes the XML Web DataWindow generator to generate the XHTML, CSS, and JavaScript components, applying the t_report template to the generated XHTML and CSS style sheet.
string strXHTML dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate = 't_report'") strXHTML = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Data.XHTML")
Description
A string containing the row data content of the DataWindow object in XML format.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.XML
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.XML"
Usage
If any of the Export.XML properties have been set, the string that is generated reflects the values of these properties.
Note
If Export.XML.SaveMetaData is set to MetaDataExternal!, no metadata is generated in the string.
Examples
The following statements set the template used by the DataWindow dw1 to t_report, specify that metadata in the XMLSchema! format should be included in the generated XML, and return the generated XML document to the string ls_xml.
string ls_xml dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate = 't_report'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.SaveMetaData = MetaDataInternal!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.MetaDataType = XMLSchema!") ls_xml = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.XML
Description
A string containing the full document type definition (DTD) of the XML output for a DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.XMLDTD
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.XMLDTD"
Usage
Use this property to return the full DTD of the XML output of a DataWindow object separately from the generated XML document itself. The export template used affects the generated DTD.
Examples
The following statements set the template used by the DataWindow dw1 to t_report and return the generated DTD to the string ls_xml_dtd.
string ls_xml_dtd dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate = 't_report' ls_xml_dtd = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.XMLDTD
Description
A string containing the full schema of the XML output of a DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.XMLSchema
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.XMLSchema"
Usage
Use this property to return the full schema of the XML output of a DataWindow object separately from the generated XML document itself. The export template used affects the generated schema.
Examples
The following statements set the template used by the DataWindow dw1 to t_report and return the XML schema to the string ls_xml_schema.
string ls_xml_schema dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate = 't_report' ls_xml_schema = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.XMLSchema
Description
A string containing browser-specific JavaScript that performs the XSLT transformation on the browser after the XML Web DataWindow generator generates all necessary components.
Obsolete property
Data.XMLWeb is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.XMLWeb
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.XMLWeb"
Usage
If any of the Export.XHTML properties have been set, the string that is generated reflects the values of these properties.
The resulting XHTML string contains a <form> element that supports data input, which works with separate client scripts for data validation and events.
This JavaScript is either dynamically generated and/or statically deployed. To generate static JavaScript, select HTML/XHTML from the Format to Configure drop-down list on the JavaScript Generation page in the DataWindow painter Properties view, specify names for the files you want to generate, and click the Generate File button.
The generated XHTML string also includes:
-
XHTML input elements
-
XHTML and JavaScript for navigation based on DataWindow button controls with scrolling actions
-
State information about the modification status of data items
JavaScript for navigation passes the state of the DataWindow back to the page server in two variables: objectname_action and objectname_context. It also passes back any page parameters defined in the HTMLGen.SelfLinkArgs property. All applicable HTMLGen.property values also affect the way the XHTML is generated.
The resulting XML Web DataWindow is a client-side control for a Web page, such as a JSP page, with events and methods that can cooperate with a server component for a Web-based data entry application.
Examples
The following statements set the template used by the DataWindow dw1 to t_report and return the generated XSLT transformation to the string ls_transform. To generate the string, the final statement invokes the XML Web DataWindow generator to generate the XML, XSLT, CSS, and JavaScript components, applying the t_report template to the generated XSLT and CSS style sheet.
string ls_transform dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate = 't_report'") ls_transform = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.XMLWeb
Description
A string containing XSL Formatting Objects (XSL-FO) that represents the data and presentation of the DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Data.XSLFO
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Data.XSLFO"
Usage
Use this property to return the data and presentation of a DataWindow object in XSL-FO format. The export template associated with the DataWindow object does not affect the generated string.
Examples
The following statements return the data and presentation of the DataWindow object dw1 to the string ls_xslfo in XSL-FO format.
string ls_xslfo ls_xslfo = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Data.XSLFO
Description
The name of the DataWindow object that is the nested report within the main DataWindow object.
Applies to
Report controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.reportname.DataObject
Describe and Modify argument:
"reportname.DataObject = 'dwname ' "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
reportname |
The name of the Report control in the main DataWindow object for which you want to get or set the nested DataWindow object |
dwname |
A string naming a DataWindow object in the application's libraries that is the DataWindow object for the report within the main DataWindow object |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Report option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.rpt_1.DataObject dw1.Object.rpt_1.DataObject = "d_empdata" setting = dw1.Describe("rpt_1.DataObject") dw1.Modify("rpt_1.DataObject='d_empdata'")
Description
The name of the database column but with the table alias in place of the table name, if any. This value can be used to construct the update DataWindow syntax dynamically when an alias name is used for a table.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.dbAlias
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.dbAlias { = ' dbcolumnname ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column for which you want the name of the corresponding database column qualified with the table alias name |
dbcolumnname |
The name of the database column associated with columnname qualified with the alias of the table name |
Usage
DbAlias is the name of the database column in the format tablealiasname.columnname. The value of dbAlias does not include the quotes that can be part of the SQL syntax. This property can be used to construct update DataWindow syntax dynamically when an alias is used for a column name.
In the painter
You can specify an alias for a table in the SQL Select painter if you convert the SQL statement for a DataWindow object to syntax. Select Design>Data Source to open the SQL Select painter, then select Design>Convert to Syntax. In the text window that displays, add the alias name to the FROM clause using the syntax:
FROM tablename tablealiasname
Examples
Suppose a DataWindow object has the following SQL Select syntax, with the alias "emp" for the table "employee":
SELECT "emp"."emp_id", "emp"."emp_fname", "emp"."emp_lname" "emp"."dept_id" "emp"."salary" FROM "employee" "emp" WHERE ( "emp"."salary" > 50000 )
Then the following statements would return the string "employee.emp_id" in ls_name and the string "emp.emp_id" in ls_alias:
string ls_alias, ls_name ls_name = dw1.Object.emp_id.dbName ls_name = dw1.Describe("emp_id.dbName") ls_alias = dw1.Object.emp_id.dbAlias ls_alias = dw1.Describe("emp_id.dbAlias")
See also
Description
The name of the database column. PowerBuilder uses this value to construct the update syntax.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.dbName
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.dbName { = ' dbcolumnname ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column for which you want the name of the corresponding database column |
dbcolumnname |
The name of the database column associated with columnname |
Usage
DbName is the name of the database column in the format tablename.columnname. The value of dbName does not include the quotes that can be part of the SQL syntax.
In the painter
The Syntax view in the SQL Select painter displays the database column names (they can be shown with quotes).
Examples
dbcol = dw1.Object.emp_id.dbName dw1.Object.emp_id.dbName = "emp_id" dbcol = dw1.Describe("emp_id.dbName") dw1.Modify("emp_id.dbName='emp_id'")
See also
Description
Properties that control the appearance and behavior of a column with the DropDownDataWindow edit style.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.dddw.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.dddw.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of a column that has the DropDownDataWindow edit style. |
property |
A property for the DropDownDataWindow column. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For dddw properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for dddw |
Value |
---|---|
AllowEdit |
Whether the user can type a value as well as choose from the DropDownDataWindow's list. Values are: Yes -- Typing is allowed. No -- (Default) Typing is not allowed. Call GetChild after setting dddw.AllowEdit to get a valid reference to the column's DropDownDataWindow. Painter: Allow Editing option. |
AutoHScroll |
Whether the DropDownDataWindow automatically scrolls horizontally when the user enters or deletes data. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Scroll horizontally automatically. No -- Do not scroll automatically. Painter: Auto Horizontal Scroll option. |
AutoRetrieve |
Whether the DropDownDataWindow data is retrieved when the parent DataWindow data is retrieved. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Data is automatically retrieved. No -- Data must be retrieved separately. Painter: AutoRetrieve option. |
Case |
The case of the text in the DropDownDataWindow. Values are: Any -- Character of any case allowed. Upper -- Characters converted to uppercase. Lower -- Characters converted to lowercase. Call GetChild after setting dddw.Case to get a valid reference to the column's DropDownDataWindow. Painter: Case option. |
DataColumn |
A string whose value is the name of the data column in the associated DropDownDataWindow. Value is quoted. Call GetChild after setting dddw.DataColumn to get a valid reference to the column's DropDownDataWindow. Painter: Data Column option, visible after selecting a DataWindow. |
DisplayColumn |
A string whose value is the name of the display column in the associated DropDownDataWindow. Value is quoted. Call GetChild after setting dddw.DisplayColumn to get a valid reference to the column's DropDownDataWindow. Painter: Display Column option, visible after selecting a DataWindow. |
HScrollBar |
Whether a horizontal scroll bar displays in the DropDownDataWindow. Values are: Yes -- Display a horizontal scroll bar. No -- Do not display a horizontal scroll bar. Painter: Horizontal Scroll Bar option. |
HSplitScroll |
Whether the horizontal scroll bar is split. The user can adjust the split position. Values are: Yes -- Split the horizontal scroll bar so the user can scroll the display and data columns separately. No -- The horizontal scroll bar is not split. Painter: Split Horizontal Scroll Bar option. |
Limit |
An integer from 0 to 32767 specifying the maximum number of characters that can be entered in the DropDownDataWindow. Zero means unlimited. Painter: Limit option. |
Lines |
An integer from 0 to 32767 specifying the number of lines (values) to display in the DropDownDataWindow. This property does not apply in Web pages because the browser controls how the DropDownDataWindow displays. Painter: Lines in DropDown option. |
Name |
A string whose value is the name of the DropDownDataWindow associated with the column. Call GetChild after setting dddw.Name to get a valid reference to the column's DropDownDataWindow. Painter: DataWindow option. |
NilIsNull |
Whether to set the data value of the DropDownDataWindow to null when the user leaves the edit box blank. Values are: Yes -- Make the Empty string null. No -- Do not make the empty string null. Painter: Empty String is null option. |
PercentWidth |
An integer specifying the width of the drop-down portion of the DropDownDataWindow as a percentage of the column's width. For example, 300 sets the display width to three times the column width. Call GetChild after setting dddw.PercentWidth to get a valid reference to the column's DropDownDataWindow. Painter: Width of DropDown option. |
Required |
Whether the column is required. Values are: Yes -- Required. No -- (Default) Not required. Painter: Required option. |
ShowList |
Whether the ListBox portion of the DropDownDataWindow displays when the column has focus. A down arrow does not display at the right end of the DropDownDataWindow when dddw.ShowList is yes. Values are: Yes -- Display the list whenever the column has the focus. No -- Do not display the list until the user selects the column. Painter: Always Show List option. |
UseAsBorder |
Whether a down arrow displays at the right end of the DropDownDataWindow. Values are: Yes -- Display the arrow. No -- Do not display the arrow. Note that if ShowList is set to Yes, the column ignores the UseAsBorder property and the arrow never displays. Painter: Always Show Arrow option. |
VScrollBar |
Whether a vertical scroll bar displays in the DropDownDataWindow for long lists. Values are: Yes -- Display a vertical scroll bar. No -- Do not display a vertical scroll bar. Painter: Vertical Scroll Bar option. |
Usage
DropDownDataWindows and GetChild
When you set some of the dddw properties, as noted in the table, references to the DropDownDataWindow become invalid. Call GetChild again after changing these properties to obtain a valid reference.
To retrieve a DropDownDataWindow when the AutoRetrieve property is set to "false", you can access the object data as follows:
DataWindowChild mgr_id dw1.GetChild ("dept_head_id", mgr_id) mgr_id.SetTransObject (SQLCA) mgr_id.Retrieve ( )
You can also pass a retrieval argument for the retrieve on the child DataWindow object.
Doing a reset to clear the data
When a DropDownDataWindow is retrieved, its data is kept with its own Data Object. If you retrieve the DropDownDataWindow and then set the AutoRetrieve property on the parent to "false", the data for the child is not cleared on a reset and re-retrieve of the parent.
To clear data from a DropDownDataWindow, you must call Reset on the child DataWindow object:
dw1.GetChild ("dept_head_id", mgr_id) mgr_id.reset ( )
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Edit tab, when Style Type is DropDownDW.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_status.dddw.AllowEdit") dw1.Modify("emp_status.dddw.Case='Any'") dw1.Modify("emp_status.dddw.DataColumn='status_id'") dw1.Modify("emp_status.dddw.Limit=30") dw1.Modify("emp_status.dddw.Name='d_status'") dw1.Modify("emp_status.dddw.PercentWidth=120") dw1.Object.emp_status.dddw.Case = "Any" string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.emp_status.dddw.AllowEdit")
Description
Properties that control the appearance and behavior of a column with the DropDownListBox edit style.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.ddlb.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.ddlb.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of a column that has the DropDownListBox edit style. |
property |
A property for the DropDownListBox column. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For ddlb properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for ddlb |
Value |
---|---|
AllowEdit |
Whether the user can type a value as well as choose from the DropDownListBox's list. Values are: Yes -- Typing is allowed. No -- (Default) Typing is not allowed. Painter: Allow Editing option. |
AutoHScroll |
Whether the DropDownListBox automatically scrolls horizontally when the user enters or deletes data. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Scroll horizontally automatically. No -- Do not scroll automatically. Painter: Auto Horizontal Scroll option. |
Case |
The case of the text in the DropDownListBox. Values are: Any -- Character of any case allowed. Upper -- Characters converted to uppercase. Lower -- Characters converted to lowercase. Painter: Case option. |
Limit |
An integer from 0 - 32767 specifying the maximum number of characters that can be entered in the DropDownListBox. Zero means unlimited. Painter: Limit option. |
NilIsNull |
Whether to set the data value of the DropDownListBox to null when the user leaves the edit box blank. Values are: Yes -- Make the empty string null. No -- Do not make the empty string null. Painter: Empty string is null option. |
Required |
Whether the column is required. Values are: Yes -- Required. No -- (Default) Not required. Painter: Required option. |
ShowList |
Whether the ListBox portion of the DropDownListBox displays when the column has focus. A down arrow does not display at the right end of the DropDownListBox when ddlb.ShowList is yes. Values are: Yes -- Display the list whenever the column has focus. No -- Do not display the list until the user selects the column. Painter: Always Show List option. |
Sorted |
Whether the list in the DropDownListBox is sorted. Values are: Yes -- The list is sorted. No -- The list is not sorted. Painter: Sorted option. |
UseAsBorder |
Whether a down arrow displays at the right end of the DropDownListBox. Values are: Yes -- Display the arrow. No -- Do not display the arrow. Note that if ShowList is set to Yes, the column ignores the UseAsBorder property and the arrow never displays. Painter: Always Show Arrow option. |
VScrollBar |
Whether a vertical scroll bar displays in the DropDownListBox for long lists. Values are: Yes -- Display a vertical scroll bar. No -- Do not display a vertical scroll bar. Painter: Vertical Scroll Bar option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Edit tab, when Style Type is DropDownListBox.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Describe("emp_status.ddlb.AllowEdit") dw1.Modify("emp_status.ddlb.Case='Any'") dw1.Modify("emp_status.ddlb.Limit=30") string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.emp_status.ddlb.AllowEdit dw1.Object.emp_status.ddlb.Case = "Any"
Description
Specifies whether a button displays a default picture for the button's action.
Applies to
Button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.buttonname.DefaultPicture
Describe and Modify argument:
"buttonname.DefaultPicture { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
buttonname |
The name of the button to which you want to assign an action. |
value |
Whether the action's default picture is used. Values are: Yes -- Use the default picture. No -- Do not use the default picture. |
Usage
Default pictures can be associated with all button action types.
You can add your own action pictures by setting the DefaultPicture property to False and setting the Filename property to the file name for the picture you want. You can use a URL instead of a complete path to qualify the file name, and you can leave off the URL server name, mapping prefix, and folder name if you set them in the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property.
A user-defined action does not have a default picture associated with it.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Action Default Picture option. When the DefaultPicture is not set, you can specify a picture file name in the Picture File property. Button pictures can be BMP, GIF, or JPEG files.
Examples
dw1.Object.b_name.DefaultPicture = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("b_name.DefaultPicture") dw1.Modify("b_name.DefaultPicture ='No'")
See also
Description
The depth of a 3D graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Depth
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Depth { = ' depthpercent ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The graph control within the DataWindow for which you want to set the depth. |
depthpercent |
(exp) An integer whose value is the depth of the graph, specified as a percentage of the graph's width. Depthpercent can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Depth slider.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Depth dw1.Object.graph_1.Depth = 70 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Depth") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Depth='70'")
Description
The size of the bottom margin of the DataWindow's detail area.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Detail_Bottom_Margin = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the size of the bottom margin of the detail area in the units specified for the DataWindow. |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(...Detail_Bottom_Margin = 25 ...)', & errstring)
Description
The size of the top margin of the DataWindow's detail area.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Detail_Top_Margin = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the size of the top margin of the detail area in the units specified for the DataWindow. |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(...Detail_Top_Margin = 25 ...)', & errstring)
See Bandname.property.
Description
Settings for the appearance of various text components of a graph.
Applies to
Properties of Graph controls, as noted throughout this discussion
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.property.DispAttr.fontproperty
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.property.DispAttr.fontproperty { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The Graph control in a DataWindow for which you want to get or set font appearance values. |
property |
A text component of the graph, such as an Axis keyword (Category, Series, or Values), Legend, Pie, or Title, specifying the graph component whose appearance you want to get or set. These properties have their own entries. These values are listed in the following table. You can also set font properties for the label of an axis with the following syntax: "graphname.axis.LabelDispAttr.fontproperty { = value }" |
fontproperty |
A property that controls the appearance of text in the graph. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to fontproperty. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for DispAttr |
Value |
---|---|
Alignment |
(exp) The alignment of the text. Values are: 0 -- Left 1 -- Right 2 -- Center Painter: Alignment option. Alignment for axis labels and text not supported by Render3D graph style. |
AutoSize |
(exp) Whether the text element should be autosized according to the amount of text being displayed. Values are: 0 -- Do not autosize 1 -- Autosize Painter: Autosize check box. |
BackColor |
(exp) A long value specifying the background color of the text. Painter: BackColor option. |
DisplayExpression |
An expression whose value is the label for the graph component. The default expression is the property containing the text for the graph component. The expression can include the text property and add other variable text. Painter: Display Expression option. |
Font.CharSet |
(exp) An integer specifying the character set to be used. Values are: 0 -- ANSI 1 -- The default character set for the specified font 2 -- Symbol 128 -- Shift JIS 255 -- OEM Painter: FontCharSet option. |
Font.Escapement |
(exp) An integer specifying the rotation for the baseline of the text in tenths of a degree. For example, a value of 450 rotates the text 45 degrees. 0 is horizontal. Painter: Escapement option. |
Font.Face |
(exp) A string specifying the name of the font face, such as Arial or Courier. Painter: FaceName option. |
Font.Family |
(exp) An integer specifying the font family (Windows uses both face and family to determine which font to use). Values are: 0 -- AnyFont 1 -- Roman 2 -- Swiss 3 -- Modern 4 -- Script 5 -- Decorative Painter: Family option. |
Font.Height |
(exp) An integer specifying the height of the text in the unit of measure for the DataWindow. To specify size in points, specify a negative number. Not available when AutoSize is checked. Painter: Size option, specified in points. |
Font.Italic |
(exp) Whether the text should be italic. Values are: 0 -- Not italic (default) 1 -- Italic Painter: Italic option. |
Font.Orientation |
Same as Escapement. |
Font.Pitch |
(exp) The pitch of the font. Values are: 0 -- The default pitch for your system 1 -- Fixed 2 -- Variable Painter: Pitch option. |
Font.Strikethrough |
(exp) Whether the text should be crossed out. Values are: 0 -- Not crossed out (default) 1 -- Crossed out Painter: Strikeout option. |
Font.Underline |
(exp) Whether the text should be underlined. Values are: 0 -- Not underlined (default) 1 -- Underlined Painter: Underline option. |
Font.Weight |
(exp) An integer specifying the weight of the text, for example, 400 for normal or 700 for bold. Painter: Set indirectly using the Bold option. |
Font.Width |
(exp) An integer specifying the width of the font in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow. Width is usually unspecified, which results in a default width based on the other properties. Painter: Width option. |
Format |
(exp) A string containing the display format for the text. Painter: Format option. |
TextColor |
(exp) A long specifying the color to be used for the text. Painter: TextColor option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Text tab. Settings apply to the selected item in the Text Object list box.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.Category.LabelDispAttr.Font.Face dw1.Object.Category.LabelDispAttr.Font.Face = "Arial" setting = & dw1.Describe("Category.LabelDispAttr.Font.Face") dw1.Modify("gr_1.Category.LabelDispAttr.Font.Face= & 'Arial'") dw1.Modify("gr_1.Title.DispAttr.DisplayExpression=" & "'Title + ~"~n~" + Today()'")
Description
The way the OLE Object control displays the OLE object it contains. It can display an icon or an image of the object's contents. The image is reduced to fit inside the OLE container.
Both the icon and the image are provided by the OLE server. If the OLE server does not support a contents view, PowerBuilder displays an icon even if DisplayType is set to contents.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.olecontrolname.DisplayType
Describe and Modify argument:
"olecontrolname.DisplayType { = ' type ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
olecontrolname |
The name of the OLE Object control for which you want to get or set the type of display. |
type |
A number specifying whether the user will see an icon or an image of the OLE object's contents. Type can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Values are: 0 -- Icon 1 -- Content |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Options tab.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.ole_report.DisplayType dw1.Object.ole_report.DisplayType = 1 ls_data = dw1.Describe("ole_report.DisplayType") dw1.Modify("ole_report.DisplayType='1'")
Description
Settings that affect the appearance and behavior of columns whose edit style is Edit.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Edit.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Edit.property { = value }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Column ( Edit.property = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column with the Edit edit style for which you want to get or set property values. You can specify the column name or a pound sign (#) and the column number. |
property |
A property for the column's Edit style. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. The table identifies the properties you can use with SyntaxFromSql. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For most Edit properties, you cannot specify a DataWindow expression. The exception is Edit.Format. |
Property for Edit |
Value |
---|---|
AutoHScroll |
Whether the edit control scrolls horizontally automatically when data is entered or deleted. Values are: Yes -- Scroll horizontally automatically. No -- Do not scroll horizontally automatically. You can use AutoHScroll with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Auto Horizontal Scroll option. |
AutoSelect |
Whether to select the contents of the edit control automatically when it receives focus. Values are: Yes -- Select automatically. No -- Do not select automatically. You can use AutoSelect with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Auto Selection option. |
AutoVScroll |
Whether the edit box scrolls vertically automatically when data is entered or deleted. Values are: Yes -- Scroll vertically automatically. No -- Do not scroll vertically automatically. You can use AutoVScroll with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Auto Vertical Scroll option. |
Case |
The case of the text in the edit control. Values are: Any -- Character of any case allowed. Upper -- Characters converted to uppercase. Lower -- Characters converted to lowercase. Painter: Case option. |
CodeTable |
Whether the column has a code table. Values are: Yes -- Code table defined. No -- No code table defined. Painter: Use Code Table option. |
DisplayOnly |
Whether the column is display only. Values are: Yes -- Do not allow the user to enter data; make the column display only. No -- (Default) Allow the user to enter data. Painter: Display Only option. For conditional control over column editing, use the Protect property. |
FocusRectangle |
Whether a dotted rectangle (the focus rectangle) surrounds the current row of the column when the column has focus. Values are: Yes -- Display the focus rectangle. No -- Do not display the focus rectangle. You can use FocusRectangle with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Show Focus Rectangle option. |
Format |
(exp) A string containing the display format of the edit control. The value for Format is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. Painter: Format option (do not use quotes around the value). |
HScrollBar |
Whether a horizontal scroll bar displays in the edit control. Values are: Yes -- Display the horizontal scroll bar. No -- Do not display the horizontal scroll bar. Painter: Horizontal Scroll Bar option. |
Limit |
A number specifying the maximum number of characters (0 to 32,767) that the user can enter. 0 means unlimited. Painter: Limit option. |
Name |
A string whose value is the name of the predefined edit style associated with the column. Named styles are defined in the Database painter and can be reused. Specifying a name that has not been previously defined associates the name with the column but does not define a new edit style. Painter: Style Name option. |
NilIsNull |
Whether to set the value of the edit control to null when the user leaves it blank. Values are: Yes -- Make the empty string null. No -- Do not make the empty string null. Painter: Empty String is Null option. |
Password |
Whether to assign secure display mode to the column. When the user enters characters, they display as asterisks (*). Values are: Yes -- Assign secure display mode to the column. No -- Do not assign secure-display mode to the column. If you change the Password property, you should also change the Format property to display the results you want (for example, *****). Painter: Password option. |
Required |
Whether the column is required. Values are: Yes -- It is required. No -- It is not required. Painter: Required option. |
Style |
(Describe only) Returns the edit style of the column. Painter: Style Type option. |
UseEllipsis |
Whether an ellipsis (three dots) displays when a column with the Edit edit style contains character data that is too long for the display column in the DataWindow. The ellipsis does not display when the column has focus. Values are: Yes -- Truncate the data and add an ellipsis. No -- Truncate the data. Do not add an ellipsis. The property is ignored if you:
Painter: Use Ellipsis check box on the Format page. |
ValidateCode |
Whether the code table will be used to validate user-entered values. Values are: Yes -- Use the code table. No -- Do not use the code table. Painter: Validate option, available when Use Code Table is selected. |
VScrollBar |
Whether a vertical scroll bar displays in the line edit. Values are: Yes -- Display vertical scroll bars. No -- Do not display vertical scroll bars. Painter: Vertical Scroll Bar option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Edit tab, when Style Type is Edit.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.Edit.AutoHScroll dw1.Object.emp_name.Edit.Required = "no" setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Edit.AutoHScroll") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Edit.Required=no") dw1.Object.col1.Edit.UseEllipsis = Yes dw1.Modify("col1.Edit.UseEllipsis=Yes")
Description
Settings that affect the appearance and behavior of columns with the EditMask edit style.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.EditMask.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.EditMask.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column with the EditMask edit style for which you want to get or set property values. You can specify the column name or a pound sign (#) and the column number. |
property |
A property for the column's EditMask style. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For EditMask properties, you cannot specify a DataWindow expression. |
Property for EditMask |
Value |
---|---|
AutoSkip |
Whether the EditMask will automatically skip to the next field when the maximum number of characters has been entered. Values are: Yes -- Skip automatically. No -- Do not skip automatically. Painter: AutoSkip option. |
CodeTable |
Whether the column has a code table. Values are: Yes -- Code table defined. No -- No code table defined. Painter: Code Table option. When selected, Display Value and DataValue are displayed for specifying code table entries. |
DDCalendar |
Whether a drop-down calendar control displays when a user clicks in a column with a Date or DateTime edit mask. Values are: Yes -- Drop-down calendar control displays. No -- (Default) Drop-down calendar control does not display. Painter: Drop-down Calendar option. |
DDCal_AlignRight |
Whether the drop-down calendar is aligned with the right side of the column. Values are: Yes -- Column is right aligned. No -- (Default) Column is left aligned. Painter: Drop Align Right option on Other page. |
DDCal_BackColor |
The background color of the drop-down calendar. The default is Window Background. This property is not supported on the Windows 8.1/10 operating system. Painter: CalendarBackColor option on Other page. |
DDCal_TextColor |
The color of text in the drop-down calendar. The default is Window Text. This property is not supported on the Windows 8.1/10 operating system. Painter: CalendarTextColor option on Other page. |
DDCal_TitleBackColor |
The background color of the title in the drop-down calendar. The default is Highlight. This property is not supported on the Windows 8.1/10 operating system. Painter: CalendarTitleBackColor option on Other page. |
DDCal_TitleTextColor |
The color of text in the title of the drop-down calendar. The default is Highlight Text. This property is not supported on the Windows 8.1/10 operating system. Painter: CalendarTitleTextColor option on Other page. |
DDCal_TrailingTextColor |
The color of trailing text (days in the previous and next months) in the drop-down calendar. The default is Disabled Text. This property is not supported on the Windows 7/8.1/10 operating system. Painter: CalendarTrailingTextColor option on Other page. |
FocusRectangle |
Whether a dotted rectangle (the focus rectangle) will surround the current row of the column when the column has focus. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Display the focus rectangle. No -- Do not display the focus rectangle. Painter: Show Focus Rectangle option. |
Mask |
A string containing the edit mask for the column. Painter: Mask option. |
ReadOnly |
Whether the column is read-only. This property is valid only if EditMask.Spin is set to Yes. Values are: Yes -- Do not allow the user to enter data; make the column read-only. No -- (Default) Allow the user to enter data. Painter: Read Only option. |
Required |
Whether the column is required. Values are: Yes -- It is required. No -- It is not required. Painter: Required option. |
Spin |
Whether the user can scroll through a list of possible values for the column with a spin control. Values are: Yes -- Display a spin control. No -- (Default) Do not display a spin control. Painter: Spin Control option. |
SpinIncr |
An integer indicating the amount to increment the spin control's values. The default for numeric values is 1; for dates, 1 year; and for time, 1 minute. Available for numeric, date, and time columns. For columns that are not numeric, date, or time, the spin control scrolls through values in an associated code table. If the EditMask.CodeTable property is No, the spin increment has no effect for these columns. Painter: Spin Increment option. |
SpinRange |
A string containing the maximum and minimum values for the column that will display in the spin control. The two values are separated by a tilde (~). This property is effective only if EditMaskSpin is True. Available for numeric, date, and time columns. Because the SpinRange string is within another quoted string, the tilde separator becomes four tildes in PowerBuilder, which reduces to a single tilde when parsed. The format for the string is: "EditMask.SpinRange = 'minval~~~~maxval ' " Painter: Spin Range group, Spin Min and Spin Max options. |
UseEllipsis |
Whether an ellipsis (three dots) displays when a column with the EditMask edit style contains character data that is too long for the display column in the DataWindow. The ellipsis does not display when the column has focus. Values are: Yes -- Truncate the data and add an ellipsis. No -- Truncate the data. Do not add an ellipsis. The property is ignored if you:
Painter: Use Ellipsis check box on the Format page. |
UseFormat |
Whether a Format Display mask is used for a column's display. A Format Display mask is used only when the column does not have focus. Values are: Yes -- Use a Format Display mask. No -- (Default) Do not use a Format Display mask. Painter: Use Format option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Edit tab, when Style is EditMask.
Examples
setting = dw1.Describe("emp_status.EditMask.Spin") dw1.Modify("empBonus.EditMask.SpinIncr=1000") dw1.Modify("empBonus.EditMask.SpinRange='0~~~~5000'") string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_status.EditMask.Spin dw1.Object.emp_bonus.EditMask.SpinIncr = 1000 dw1.Object.id.EditMask.SpinRange = "0~~~~10" dw1.Object.col1.EditMask.UseEllipsis = Yes dw1.Modify("col1.EditMask.UseEllipsis=Yes")
Description
The elevation in a 3D graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Elevation
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Elevation { = ' integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the elevation. |
integer |
(exp) An integer specifying the elevation of the graph. Elevation can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Elevationscroll bar (enabled when a 3D graph type is selected).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Elevation dw1.Object.graph_1.Elevation = 35 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Elevation") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Elevation=35") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Elevation='10~tIf(...,20,30)'")
Description
The radius of the vertical part of the corners of a RoundRectangle.
Applies to
RoundRectangle controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.rrectname.EllipseHeight
Describe and Modify argument:
"rrectname.EllipseHeight { = ' integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
rrectname |
The name of the RoundRectangle control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the ellipse height. |
integer |
(exp) An integer specifying the radius of the vertical part of the corners of a RoundRectangle in the DataWindow's unit of measure. EllipseHeight can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.rrect_1.EllipseHeight dw1.Object.rrect_1.EllipseHeight = 35 setting = dw1.Describe("rrect_1.EllipseHeight") dw1.Modify("rrect_1.EllipseHeight=35") dw1.Modify("rrect_1.EllipseHeight='10~tIf(...,20,30)'")
Description
The radius of the horizontal part of the corners of a RoundRectangle.
Applies to
RoundRectangle controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.rrectname.EllipseWidth
Describe and Modify argument:
"rrectname.EllipseWidth { = ' integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
rrectname |
The name of the RoundRectangle control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the ellipse width. |
integer |
(exp) An integer specifying the radius of the horizontal part of the corners of a RoundRectangle in the DataWindow's unit of measure. EllipseWidth can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.rrect_1.EllipseWidth dw1.Object.rrect_1.EllipseWidth = 35 setting = dw1.Describe("rrect_1.EllipseWidth") dw1.Modify("rrect_1.EllipseWidth=35") dw1.Modify("rrect_1.EllipseWidth='10~tIf(...,20,30)'")
Description
Determines whether a control in a DataWindow is enabled.
Applies to
Button, Computed Field, Graph, InkPicture, OLE Database Blob, OLE Object, Picture, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.buttonname.Enabled
Describe and Modify argument:
"buttonname.Enabled { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
buttonname |
The name of the button that you want to enable or disable. |
value |
Whether the button is enabled. Values are: Yes -- (Default) The button is enabled. No -- The button is disabled. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view General tab, Enabled option.
When the Enabled check box is cleared, or the Enabled property is otherwise set to false, the button control is grayed and its actions are not performed.
Examples
dw1.Object.b_name.Enabled = "No" setting = dw1.Describe("b_name.Enabled") dw1.Modify("b_name.Enabled ='No'")
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the PostScript printer driver settings used when data is exported to PDF using the Distill! method.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Distill.CustomPostScript
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.Distill.CustomPostScript { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether the printer specified in the DataWindow.Printer property is used when data is exported to PDF. Values are:
|
Usage
The Distill! method performs a PostScript "print to file" before distilling to PDF. This property can be set to specify that you want to use a custom PostScript printer before you call the SaveAs method with PDF! as the SaveAsType or select File>Save Rows As with the file type PDF in the DataWindow painter.
Set this property if you want to use a PostScript printer driver for which you have set specific print options such as options for font and graphic handling. If this property is not set, a default PostScript printer driver specifically designed for distilling purposes is used.
This property has no effect if the Export.PDF.Method property is set to NativePDF! or XSLFOP!.
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select "PDF" from the Format to Configure list and "Distill!" from the Method list, and then select "Distill Custom PostScript".
Examples
This example specifies an HP LaserJet PostScript printer as the printer to be used to export PDF with customized settings, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = Distill! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Printer = "HP LaserJet 4Si/4Si MX PostScript" dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Distill.CustomPostScript="1" li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("custom.pdf", PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the PDF export properties and specify a network printer:
dw1.Modify ("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = Distill!") dw1.Modify ("Printer = '\\print-server\pr-18' ") dw1.Modify ("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Distill.CustomPostScript = '1'")
See also
Description
Setting that determines whether data is exported to PDF from a DataWindow object by printing to a PostScript file and distilling to PDF, by saving to PDF via PDFlib, or by saving in XSL Formatting Objects (XSL-FO) format and processing to PDF.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method { = 'value' }"
Usage
This property can be set to specify the method used to export data to PDF before you call the SaveAs method with PDF! as the SaveAsType or select File>Save Rows As with the file type PDF in the DataWindow painter. If this property is not set, the distill method is used by default.
PDFMethod is an enumerated datatype that can hold the following values:
Enumerated value |
Numeric value |
Meaning |
---|---|---|
Distill! |
0 |
Data is printed to a PostScript file and distilled to PDF (default). |
XSLFOP! |
1 |
Data is saved as XSL-FO and processed to PDF. |
NativePDF! |
2 |
Data is saved to PDF using PDFlib. |
The distill method and the PDFlib method provides a robust solution that can save all types of DataWindow objects on the Windows platform. The XSL-FO method uses a platform-independent Java process, and is particularly useful for printing DataWindow objects in the server on a UNIX operating system.
Saving as XSL-FO
You can also save the data in a DataWindow object in XSL-FO format and customize the filters used to convert it to PDF and other output formats. To do so, use XSLFO! as the SaveAsType parameter when you call SaveAs, or select XSL-FO as the file type when you save rows in the DataWindow painter.
Deployment requirements
If your application uses the distill method, you must distribute the GNU Ghostscript files and default PostScript printer driver and related files (if using the default printer) with your application. If your application uses the XSL-FO method, you must distribute Apache FOP files and the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) with your application. For more information, see the section called “Deploying Applications and Components” in Application Techniques.
In the painter
On the Data Export page in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select "PDF" from the Format to Configure list and "Distill!", "NativePDF!", or "XSLFOP!" from the Method list.
Examples
This statement specifies that data is exported to PDF using XSL-FO:
dw1.Modify ("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = XSLFOP! ")
See also
Export.PDF.Distill.CustomPostScript
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec
the section called “Saving the data as PDF” in Users Guide
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the author for the PDF file when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Author
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Author { = 'value' }"
Usage
In the painter
Input the author in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example specifies the author for the PDF file, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.author = "Kate M." dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.subject = "Sales Data Report" dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.keywords = "Product A" li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("custom.pdf", PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to specify the author for the PDF file:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Author = 'Kate M.'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the page orientation when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) An integer indicating the page orientation. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select an orientation mode from the Orientation list in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example exports PDF in portrait mode, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec = 'No' dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation = '2' li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("custom.pdf", PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to export PDF in portrait mode:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec = No") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation = '2'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the paper size when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) An integer indicating the paper size. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select a size from the Paper Size list in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example exports PDF with A4 paper size, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec = 'No' dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize = '0' li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("custom.pdf", PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the PDF export properties:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec = No") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize = '0'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to select a format for the embedded images in the PDF file when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) An integer indicating the file format of the embedded images in the DataWindow object. Values are:
The image format affects the speed of creating the PDF file and the size of the PDF file. In the order from the fastest to the lowest: JPG, BMP, PNG, GIF In the order from the smallest to the biggest: JPG, GIF, BMP, PNG |
Examples
This example saves the embedded image as JPG format, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat = '1' //JPG li_ret = dw_1.SaveAs("c:\custom.pdf",PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the PDF print properties:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat = '1'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the keywords for the PDF file when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Keywords
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Keywords { = 'value' }"
Usage
In the painter
Input the keywords in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example specifies the keywords for the PDF file, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.keywords = "Product A" li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("custom.pdf", PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to specify the keywords for the PDF file:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Keywords = 'Product A'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to set a password for changing the security settings and permissions (copy/print/edit/etc.) of the generated PDF file, when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file. Therefore, this master password is also referred to as owner or permissions password.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) The password for the administration permissions of the generated PDF file. The value can be a string containing at least one character or no more than 37 characters. If more than 37 characters are set, the first 37 characters will be used as the password. The characters must be printable ASCII characters. Any unprintable ASCII characters will cause PB dot notation to throw an exception. |
Usage
Once you set the master password, the user with the master password automatically has the permission of opening the file and all other permissions (such as copying, printing, editing etc.) to the PDF file.
Once you set the master password, you can further control the access restrictions of the file, for example, restrict opening the file by setting the Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword property, or restrict copying/printing/editing/etc. the file by setting the Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions property. If the master password is empty, it indicates no master password or user password is required to open the file or copy/print/edit the file (which means any one can open the file and copy/print/edit the file with no restrictions).
The master password cannot be the same as the user password which is set by the Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword property, otherwise SaveAs function will fail and return -1.
This property takes no effect for files created using PDF/A standard.
Examples
This example sets the user password and the master password, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword = '123' dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword = '456' li_ret = dw_1.SaveAs("c:\custom.pdf",PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the user password and the master password:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword='123'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword='456'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to select a PDF conformance level when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) An integer indicating the level of PDF conformance. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select a value from the PDF Conformance list in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example exports PDF using PDF/A-1a standard, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard = '1' //PDF/A-1a li_ret = dw_1.SaveAs("c:\custom.pdf",PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the PDF print properties:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard = '1'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the permission settings that restrict certain actions (such as copying/printing/editing) of the generated PDF file, when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) The password for opening the generated PDF file. The value can be a string containing one or more of the following values (separated by ","):
|
Usage
If you set the restrictions of the PDF file, you must also set the master password by the Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword property. There must be a value specified for the restriction property, otherwise syntax error may occur. If you do not want to set any restriction, please set Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword to empty, which indicates no master password or user password is required to open the file or copy/print/edit the file (which means any one can open the file and copy/print/edit the file with no restrictions).
If you set restrictions without setting the user password, a user can open the PDF file, and has the permissions specified by the restriction property.
This property takes no effect for files created using PDF/A standard.
Examples
This example prevents the PDF file being printed and copied, sets the master password, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions = 'noprint!,nocopy!' dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword = '456' li_ret = dw_1.SaveAs("c:\custom.pdf",PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the restrictions and the master password:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions='noprint!,nocopy!'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword='456'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to specify the subject for the PDF file when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Subject
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Subject { = 'value' }"
Usage
In the painter
Input the subject in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example specifies the subject for the PDF file, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.author = "Kate M." dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.subject = "Sales Data Report" dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.keywords = "Product A" li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("custom.pdf", PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to specify the subject for the PDF file:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.Subject = 'Sales Data Report'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Description
Setting that enables you to set a password for opening the generated PDF file, when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file. Therefore, this user password is also referred to as open password.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) The password for opening the generated PDF file. The value can be a string containing at least one character or no more than 37 characters. If more than 37 characters are set, the first 37 characters will be used as the password. The characters must be printable ASCII characters. Any unprintable ASCII characters will cause PB dot notation to throw an exception. When the value is empty, it indicates no password is required to open the file. |
Usage
If you set the user password for opening the PDF file, you must also set the master password by the Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword property. If the master password is empty, it indicates no master password or user password is required to open the file or copy/print/edit the file (which means any one can open the file and copy/print/edit the file with no restrictions).
If you set the user password without setting the restrictions, a user with the user password can open the PDF file for viewing only. You can use the Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions property to set whether the user with the user password can have permissions of printing, copying, editing etc.
The user password and the master password cannot be the same, otherwise SaveAs function will fail and return -1.
If a PDF file requires a password to open, you can either input the user password or the master password. When inputting the user password, you will have the permissions set by the Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions property; when inputting the master password, you automatically have access to all of the the permissions.
This property takes no effect for files created using PDF/A standard.
Examples
This example sets the user password and the master password, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword = '123' dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword = '456' li_ret = dw_1.SaveAs("c:\custom.pdf",PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the user password and the master password:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UserPassword='123'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword='456'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Description
Setting that enables you to use the page orientation and paper size settings in the Print Specifications tab or in the Print.Orientation and Print.Paper.Size properties, when you use the PDFlib method to save data from a DataWindow object to a PDF file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether to use the settings in the print specifications or not. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select the "Use Paper Size and Orientation Settings from Print Specifications" checkbox in the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object.
Examples
This example exports PDF with Letter paper size in Landscape mode, and saves the data to a file called custom.pdf:
int li_ret dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec = 'Yes' dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Orientation = '1' //Landscape! dw_1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Paper.Size = '1' //1 – Letter 8 1/2 x 11 in li_ret = dw_1.SaveAs("c:\custom.pdf",PDF!, true)
This example uses Modify to set the PDF print properties:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.NativePDF.UsePrintSpec = Yes") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = NativePDF!") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.Print.Orientation = '1'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.Print.Paper.Size = '1'")
See also
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomOrientation
Export.PDF.NativePDF.CustomSize
Export.PDF.NativePDF.ImageFormat
Export.PDF.NativePDF.MasterPassword
Export.PDF.NativePDF.PDFStandard
Export.PDF.NativePDF.Restrictions
Description
Setting that enables you to send a DataWindow object directly to a printer using platform-independent Java printing when using the XSL-FO method to export to PDF. This is an option of the Apache FOP processor.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.XSLFOP.Print
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.PDF.XSLFOP.Print { = 'value' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether the exported PDF is sent directly to the default printer. Values are:
|
Usage
Set this property if you are using the XSL-FO method to export a DataWindow object to a PDF file and you want to send the PDF file directly to a printer. The PDF file is always printed to the default system printer. The DataWindow.Printer property setting is ignored.
This property has no effect if the Export.PDF.Method property is set to NativePDF! or Distill!.
In the painter
On the Data Export page in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select PDF from the Format to Configure list and XSLFOP! from the Method list, and then select Print Using XSLFOP.
Examples
This example specifies the XSLFOP! method for PDF export, sets the XSLFOP.Print property, and saves the data to a file called printed.pdf, which is sent directly to the default printer:
int li_ret dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.Method = XSLFOP! dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.PDF.xslfop.print='Yes' li_ret = dw1.SaveAs("printed.pdf", PDF!, true)
See also
Description
The number of XHTML export templates associated with a DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XHTML.TemplateCount
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XHTML.TemplateCount"
Usage
This property is used to get a count of the XHTML export templates associated with a DataWindow object. It returns a long specifying the number of XHTML export templates previously saved in the DataWindow painter for the specified DataWindow object. The count is used with the DataWindow.Export.XHTML.Template[ ].Name property to enable an application to select an export template at runtime.
Examples
This code in the open event of a window uses the TemplateCount property to get the number of templates associated with dw1. It then uses the number returned as the upper limit in a FOR loop that populates a drop-down list box with the template names, using the DataWindow.Export.XHTML.Template[ ].Name property.
string ls_template_name long l_template_count, i l_template_count = Long & (dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XHTML.TemplateCount) for i=1 to l_template_count) ls_template_name = & dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XHTML.Template[i].Name ddlb_1.AddItem(ls_template_name) next
Before generating the XHTML, set the export template using the text in the drop-down list box:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate = ddlb_1.text
See also
Description
The name of an XHTML export template associated with a DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XHTML.Template[ num ].Name
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XHTML.Template[ num ]Name"
Usage
This property returns the names of the XHTML export templates associated with a DataWindow object by index. The index can range from 1 to the value of the DataWindow.Export.XHTML.TemplateCount property. The order reflects the serialized storage order of all templates, which is a read-only setting. These properties, with DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate, enable an application to select an export template dynamically at runtime.
Examples
See Export.XHTML.TemplateCount.
See also
Description
Setting that optionally controls the logical structure of the XHTML generated by a DataWindow object from a DataWindow data expression using dot notation.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string specifying the name of an XHTML export template previously saved in the DataWindow painter for the specified DataWindow object |
Usage
This property uses a template defined in the DataWindow painter to specify the logical structure and attribute overrides that PowerBuilder should use to generate XHTML from a DataWindow object. It is designed to be used with the data expression for the DataWindow object, and should be set before a data expression statement.
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XHTML from the Format to Configure list and select a template from the Use Template list.
Examples
This example stores the name of the export template used in dw1 in the string ls_template. If no template is selected in dw1, an empty string is returned.
string ls_template_name ls_template_name = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate")
This example sets the name of the current XHTML export template used in dw1 to t_report. If t_report does not exist, the current template is not changed.
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XHTML.UseTemplate = 't_report' ")
See also
Description
Setting that causes elements, attributes, and all other items above the Detail Start element in an XML export template for a group DataWindow to be iterated for each group in the exported XML.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.HeadGroups
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.HeadGroups { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether the contents of the header section in an export template iterate in the generated XML. Values are:
|
Usage
This property must be set for group DataWindow objects if you want elements and other items added to the header section of an XML export template to be repeated before each group in the exported XML. For DataWindow objects with multiple groups, each XML fragment in the header section between a Group Header element and the next Group Header element or Detail Start element is iterated.
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select Iterate header for Groups.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.HeadGroups = "Yes" dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.HeadGroups = 'No' ")
Description
Setting that determines whether the XML document is formatted by inserting whitespace characters (carriage returns, linefeeds, tabs, and spacebar spaces).
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.IncludeWhitespace
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.IncludeWhitespace { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether the generated XML is formatted with whitespace characters. Values are:
|
Usage
This property should be set before you export a DataWindow object if you want to view or verify the exported XML using a text editor.
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select Include Whitespace.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.IncludeWhitespace = "No" dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.IncludeWhitespace = 'Yes' ")
Description
Setting that controls the type of metadata generated with the XML exported from a DataWindow object using the SaveAs method or a .Data.XML expression.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.MetaDataType
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.MetaDataType { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string specifying a value of the Export.XML.MetaDataType enumerated datatype |
Usage
This property must be set to specify the type of metadata generated before you call the SaveAs method with XML! as the SaveAsType to save data as an XML document, or use the .Data.XML expression to save data as an XML string. The metadata is saved into the exported XML itself or into an associated file, depending on the value of the Export.XML.SaveMetaData property.
The Export.XML.MetaDataType property is an enumerated datatype that can hold the following values:
Enumerated value |
Numeric value |
Meaning |
---|---|---|
XMLNone! |
0 |
Metadata (XML Schema or DTD) is not generated when XML is exported |
XMLSchema! |
1 |
XML Schema is generated when XML is exported |
XMLDTD! |
2 |
DTD is generated when XML is exported |
If the data item for a column is null or an empty string, an empty element is created when you export XML. If you select XMLSchema!, child elements with null data items are created with the content "xsi:nil='true'".
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select a value from the Meta Data Type list.
Examples
This statement specifies that no metadata will be generated when the DataWindow is exported to XML:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.MetaDataType = XMLNone!
These statements export the contents of dw1 to the file c:\myxml.xml using the XML export template called t_schema, and generate an external XML schema file at c:\myxml.xsd:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate = 't_schema'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.MetaDataType = 1") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.SaveMetaData = 1") dw1.SaveAs("c:\myxml.xml", XML!, false)
See also
Description
Setting that controls the storage format for the metadata generated with the XML exported from a DataWindow object using the SaveAs method or a .Data.XML expression.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.SaveMetaData
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.SaveMetaData { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string specifying a value of the Export.XML.SaveMetaData enumerated datatype |
Usage
This property must be set to specify how to store the generated metadata before you call the SaveAs method with XML! as the SaveAsType to save data as an XML document, or use the .Data.XML expression to save data as an XML string. The metadata can be saved into the exported XML document or string or into an associated file.
Note
If Export.XML.MetaDataType is set to XMLNone!, the value of the Export.XML.SaveMetaData property is not used.
The Export.XML.SaveMetaData property is an enumerated datatype that can hold the following values:
Enumerated value |
Numeric value |
Meaning |
---|---|---|
MetaDataInternal! |
0 |
The metadata is saved into the generated XML document or string. To save metadata using the .Data.XML expression syntax, you must use this value. |
MetaDataExternal! |
1 |
With the SaveAs method, metadata is saved as an external file with the same name as the XML document but with the extension .xsd (for XMLSchema! type) or .dtd (for XMLDTD! type). A reference to the name of the metadata file is included in the output XML document. With .Data.XML, no metadata is generated in the XML string. |
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select a value from the Save Meta Data list.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.SaveMetaData = 0 dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.SaveMetaData = & MetaDataExternal!")
See also
Description
The number of XML export templates associated with a DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.TemplateCount
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.TemplateCount"
Usage
This property is used to get a count of the XML export templates associated with a DataWindow object. It returns a long specifying the number of XML export templates previously saved in the DataWindow painter for the specified DataWindow object. The count is used with the DataWindow.Export.XML.Template[ ].Name property to enable an application to select an export template at runtime.
Examples
This code in the open event of a window uses the TemplateCount property to get the number of templates associated with dw1. It then uses the number returned as the upper limit in a FOR loop that populates a drop-down list box with the template names, using the DataWindow.Export.XML.Template[ ].Name property.
string ls_template_count, ls_template_name long i ls_template_count = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.Export.XML.TemplateCount") for i=1 to Long(ls_template_count) ls_template_name = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.Template[i].Name ddlb_1.AddItem(ls_template_name) next
Before generating the XML, set the export template using the text in the drop-down list box:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate = ddlb_1.text
See also
Description
The name of an XML export template associated with a DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.Template[num ].Name
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.Template[num ]Name"
Usage
This property is used to get the names of the XML export templates associated with a DataWindow object. It returns a string specifying the name of an export template previously saved in the DataWindow painter for the specified DataWindow object. The property is used with the DataWindow.Export.XML.TemplateCount property to enable an application to select an export template at runtime.
Examples
See also
Description
Setting that optionally controls the logical structure of the XML exported from a DataWindow object using the SaveAs method or the .Data.XML property.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string specifying the name of an export template previously saved in the DataWindow painter for the specified DataWindow object |
Usage
This property should be set to specify the logical structure of the XML generated before you call the SaveAs method with XML! as the SaveAsType to save data as an XML document, or use the .Data.XML expression to save data as an XML string.
In the painter
In the Data Export tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select a template from the Use Template list.
Examples
This example stores the name of the export template used in dw1 in the string ls_template. If no template is selected in dw1, an empty string is returned.
string ls_template_name ls_template_name = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate")
This example sets the name of the current XML export template used in dw1 to t_report. If t_report does not exist, the current template is not changed.
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Export.XML.UseTemplate = 't_report' ")
See also
Description
The expression for a computed field control in the DataWindow. The expression is made up of calculations and DataWindow expression functions. The DataWindow evaluates the expression to get the value it will display in the computed field.
Applies to
Computed field controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.computename.Expression
Describe and Modify argument:
"computename.Expression { = 'string' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
computename |
The name of the computed field control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the expression |
string |
A string whose value is the expression for the computed field |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Expression option. The More button displays the Modify Expression dialog, which provides help in specifying the expression. The Verify button tests the expression.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.comp_1.Expression dw1.Object.comp_1.Expression = "avg(salary for all)" setting = dw1.Describe("comp_1.Expression") dw1.Modify("comp_1.Expression='avg(salary for all)'")
Description
The file name containing the image for a Picture or Button control in the DataWindow. If no image is specified for a Button control, only text is used for the button label.
Applies to
Picture and Button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Filename
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Filename { = ' filestring' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the Picture or Button control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the image file name. |
filestring |
(exp) A string containing the name of the file that contains the image. Filestring can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Button pictures can be BMP, GIF, or JPEG files. You can use a URL instead of a full path name, and if you set the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property to the URL address, you need to specify only a relative file name for this string. If you include the name of the file containing the image in the executable for the application, PowerBuilder will always use that image; you cannot use Modify to change the image. |
Usage
In the painter
For a Picture control, select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, File Name option. For a Button control, select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Picture File option. The Action Default Picture check box must be cleared to set the value for the picture file.
Examples
Example for a Picture control:
setting = dw1.Object.bitmap_1.Filename dw1.Object.bitmap_1.Filename = "exclaim.bmp" setting = dw1.Describe("bitmap_1.Filename") dw1.Modify("bitmap_1.Filename='exclaim.bmp'")
Example for a Button control:
dw1.Object.b_name.FileName = "logo.gif" ls_data = dw1.Describe("b_name.FileName") dw1.Modify("b_name.FileName = 'logo.jpg'")
See also
Description
The first row currently visible in the DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.FirstRowOnPage
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.FirstRowOnPage"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.FirstRowOnPage setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.FirstRowOnPage")
Description
Whether a rectangle displays around the selected control.
Applies to
Column, Computed Field, Graph, OLE Object, OLE Database Blob, Picture, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.FocusRectangle
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.FocusRectangle = value"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to show or hide the focus rectangle |
value |
Whether the focus rectangle appears when the control has focus. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Edit tab, Show Focus Rectangle option.
Examples
String ls_DataObject string ls_focus, ls_focus1 ls_DataObject= dw_1.DataObject If ls_DataObject = "d_dept" Then dw_1.Modify("t_1.focusrectangle = " + "yes") ls_focus = dw_1.describe("t_1.focusrectangle") ls_focus1 = dw_1.object.t_1.focusrectangle Else dw_1.Modify("gr_1.focusrectangle = " + "yes") ls_focus = dw_1.describe("gr_1.focusrectangle") ls_focus1 = dw_1.object.gr_1.focusrectangle End If messagebox(ls_focus, ls_focus1)
Description
The way fonts are manipulated in the DataWindow at runtime.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Font.Bias
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Font.Bias { = biasvalue }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
biasvalue |
An integer indicating how the fonts will be manipulated at execution. Biasvalue cannot be a DataWindow expression. Values are: 0 -- As display fonts 1 -- As printer fonts 2 -- Neutral; no manipulation will take place |
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Font.Bias dw1.Object.DataWindow.Font.Bias = 1 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Font.Bias") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Font.Bias=1")
Description
Settings that control the appearance of fonts within a DataWindow, except for graphs, which have their own settings (see DispAttr).
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, GroupBox, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Font.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Font.property { = ' value ' }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Column(Font.property = value) Text(Font.property = value)
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of a column, computed field, or text control for which you want to get or set font properties. For a column, you can specify the column name or a pound sign (#) followed by the column number. When you generate DataWindow syntax with SyntaxFromSql, the Font settings apply to all columns or all text controls. |
property |
A property of the text. The properties and their values are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Font |
Value |
---|---|
CharSet |
(exp) An integer specifying the character set to be used. Values are: 0 -- ANSI 1 -- The default character set for the specified font 2 -- Symbol 128 -- Shift JIS 255 -- OEM Painter: Font tab, CharSet option. |
Escapement |
(exp) An integer specifying the rotation for the baseline of the text in tenths of a degree. For example, a value of 450 rotates the text 45 degrees. 0 is horizontal. Painter: Font tab, Escapement option. |
Face |
(exp) A string specifying the name of the font face, such as Arial or Courier. Painter: Font tab, FaceName option or StyleBar. |
Family |
(exp) An integer specifying the font family (Windows uses both face and family to determine which font to use). Values are: 0 -- AnyFont 1 -- Roman 2 -- Swiss 3 -- Modern 4 -- Script 5 -- Decorative Painter: Font tab, Family option. |
Height |
(exp) An integer specifying the height of the text in the unit measure for the DataWindow. To specify size in points, specify a negative number. Painter: Font tab, Size option (specified in points) or StyleBar or Expressions tab. |
Italic |
(exp) Whether the text should be italic. The default is no. Painter: Font tab, Italic check box or StyleBar. |
Pitch |
(exp) The pitch of the font. Values are: 0 -- The default pitch for your system 1 -- Fixed 2 -- Variable Painter: Font tab, Pitch option. |
Strikethrough |
(exp) Whether the text should be crossed out. The default is no. Painter: Font tab, Strikeout check box. |
Underline |
(exp) Whether the text should be underlined. The default is no. Painter: Font tab, Underline check box or StyleBar. |
Weight |
(exp) An integer specifying the weight of the text; for example, 400 for normal or 700 for bold. Painter: Set indirectly using the Font tab, Bold option or the StyleBar, Bold button. |
Width |
(exp) An integer specifying the average character width of the font in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow. Width is usually unspecified, which results in a default width based on the other properties. Painter: Set indirectly using the font selection. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value using the:
-
Properties view, Font tab
-
For some font settings, StyleBar
Examples
dw1.Object.emp_name_t.Font.Face dw1.Object.emp_name_t.Font.Face = "Arial" dw1.Describe("emp_name_t.Font.Face") dw1.Modify("emp_name_t.Font.Face='Arial'")
See also
See Bandname.property.
Description
The display format for a column.
You can use the GetFormat and SetFormat methods instead of Describe and Modify to get and change a column's display format. The advantage to using Modify is the ability to specify an expression.
Applies to
Column and Computed Field controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Format
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Format { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column or computed field for which you want to get or set the display format. |
value |
(exp) A string specifying the display format. See the section called “Defining display formats” in Users Guide for information on constructing display formats. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Format tab.
If you want to add text to a numeric display format and use a color attribute, you must include the escape character (\) before each literal in the mask. For example:
[red]\D\e\p\t\: ###
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.phone.Format dw1.Object."phone.Format = "[red](@@@)@@@-@@@@;'None'" setting = dw1.Describe("phone.Format") dw1.Modify( & "phone.Format='[red](@@@)@@@-@@@@;~~~'None~~~''")
See also
GetFormat function in the section called “GetFormat”
SetFormat function in the section called “SetFormat”
Description
Settings that control the gradient display in a DataWindow object. Gradient display properties are not supported in RichText, Graph, or OLE DataWindow presentation styles.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.datawindow.gradient.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.gradient.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for the gradient. Properties and their settings are listed in the table that follows. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For gradient properties, value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Gradient |
Value |
---|---|
Angle |
An integer indicating the angle in degrees (values are 0 to 360) used to offset the color and transparency gradient. This property is used only when datawindow.brushmode takes values of 3 or 4. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Color |
The gradient color of the DataWindow. This property is only in effect when datawindow.brushmode takes values 1 through 5. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Focus |
An integer in the range 0 to 100, specifying the distance (as a percentage) from the center where the background color is at its maximum. (For example, if the radial gradient is used and the value is set to 0, the color will be at the center of the background; if the value is set to 100, the color will be at the edges of the background.) Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Repetition.Mode |
Specifies the mode for determining the number of gradient transitions. Permitted values and their meanings are:
Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Repetition.Count |
An integer specifying the number of gradient transitions for background color and transparency. A value of 0 indicates 1 transition. A value of 3 indicates 4 transitions. This property is used only when the datawindow.brushmode property takes values from 1 to 4 and when the when the datawindow.gradient.repetition.mode value is 0 (by count). The maximum is 10,000. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Repetition.Length |
A long specifying the number of gradient transitions. This property is used only when the datawindow.brushmode property takes values from 1 to 4 and the datawindow.gradient.repetition.mode property takes the value of 1 (by length). The units for the length that you assign for gradient transitions are set by the datawindow.units property. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group. |
Scale |
An integer in the range 0 to 100 specifying the rate of transition to the gradient color (as a percentage). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Spread |
An integer in the range 0 to 100 indicating the contribution of the second color to the blend (as a percentage). Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Tranparency |
An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the secondary (gradient) background is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. The gradient defines transitions between the primary and secondary transparency settings. Painter: Background tab, Gradient group |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object and set the value on the Background tab of the Properties view.
If you save to an EMF or WMF, the properties on the Background tab are not saved with the DataWindow.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw_1.Object.datawindow.brushmode dw_1.Object.datawindow.Brushmode = 5 ls_data = dw_1.Describe("datawindow.brushmode") dw_1.Modify("datawindow.Brushmode=6") dw_1.Modify("datawindow.Gradient.Transparency=75")
See also
Description
The type of graph, such as bar, pie, column, and so on.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.GraphType
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.GraphType { = ' typeinteger ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
|
---|---|---|
graphname |
The graph control for which you want to get or change the type. |
|
typeinteger |
(exp) An integer identifying the type of graph in the DataWindow object. Typeinteger can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Values are: |
|
|
1 -- Area 2 -- Bar 3 -- Bar3D 4 -- Bar3DObj 5 -- BarStacked 6 -- BarStacked3DObj 7 -- Col 8 -- Col3D 9 -- Col3DObj |
10 -- ColStacked 11 -- ColStacked3DObj 12 -- Line 13 -- Pie 14 -- Scatter 15 -- Area3D 16 -- Line3D 17 -- Pie3D |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.GraphType dw1.Object.graph_1.GraphType = 17 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.GraphType") dw1.Modify("graph_1.GraphType=17")
Description
Whether the user can rearrange columns by dragging.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Grid.ColumnMove
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Grid.ColumnMove { = value } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the user can rearrange columns. Values are: Yes -- The user can drag columns. No -- The user cannot drag columns. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Grid group, Column Moving check box (available when the presentation style is Grid, Crosstab, or TreeView with the Grid Style option selected).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Grid.ColumnMove dw1.Object.DataWindow.Grid.ColumnMove = No setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Grid.ColumnMove") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Grid.ColumnMove=No")
Description
The way grid lines display and print in a DataWindow whose presentation style is Grid, Crosstab, or TreeView.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Grid.Lines
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Grid.Lines { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying whether grid lines are displayed on the screen and printed. Values are: 0 -- Yes, grid lines are displayed and printed. 1 -- No, grid lines are not displayed and printed. 2 -- Grid lines are displayed, but not printed. 3 -- Grid lines are printed, but not displayed. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Grid group, Display option (available when the presentation style is Grid, Crosstab, or TreeView with the Grid Style option selected).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Grid.Lines dw1.Object.DataWindow.Grid.Lines = 2 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Grid.Lines") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Grid.Lines=2")
Description
A comma-separated list of the columns or expressions that control the grouping of the data transferred from the DataWindow to the OLE object. When there is more than one grouping column, the first one is the primary group and the columns that follow are nested groups.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.olecontrolname.GroupBy
Describe and Modify argument:
"olecontrolname.GroupBy { = ' columnlist ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
olecontrolname |
The name of the OLE Object control for which you want to get or set the grouping columns. |
columnlist |
(exp) A list of the columns or expressions that control the grouping. If there is more than one, separate them with commas. Columnlist can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
Target and Range also affect the data that is transferred to the OLE object.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Data tab, Group By option.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.ole_report.GroupBy dw1.Object.ole_report.GroupBy = "emp_state, emp_office" dw1.Object.ole_report.GroupBy = "year" ls_data = dw1.Describe("ole_report.GroupBy") dw1.Modify(" & ole_report.GroupBy='emp_state, emp_office'") dw1.Modify("ole_report.GroupBy='year'")
Description
The size of the bottom margin of the DataWindow's header area. Header_Bottom_Margin is meaningful only when type is Grid or Tabular.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Header_Bottom_Margin = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the size of the bottom margin of the header area in the units specified for the DataWindow. The bottom margin is the distance between the bottom of the header area and the last line of the header. |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(...Header_Bottom_Margin = 25 ...)', & errstring)
Description
The size of the top margin of the DataWindow's header area. Header_Top_Margin is meaningful only when type is Grid or Tabular.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Header_Top_Margin = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the size of the top margin of the header area in the units specified for the DataWindow. The top margin is the distance between the top of the header area and the first line of the header. |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(...Header_Top_Margin = 500 ...)', errstring)
See Bandname.property.
See Bandname.property.
Description
The height of a control in the DataWindow.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Height
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Height { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control within the DataWindow whose height you want to get or set. |
value |
(exp) An integer specifying the height of the control in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.empname.Height dw1.Object.empname.Height = 50 setting = dw1.Describe("empname.Height") dw1.Modify("empname.Height=50")
Description
Whether the control's width should be held constant and its height adjusted so that all the data is visible. This property is for use with read-only controls and printed reports. It should not be used with data entry fields or controls.
Applies to
Column, Computed Field, Report, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Height.AutoSize
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Height.AutoSize { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control for which you want to get or set the AutoSize property. |
value |
Whether the width or height of the control will be adjusted to display all the data. The height is limited to what can fit on the page. Values are: No -- Use the height defined in the painter. Yes -- Calculate the height so that all the data is visible. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab, Autosize Height check box.
Minimum height
The height of the column, computed field, or text will never be less than the minimum height (the height selected in the painter).
When the band has Autosize Height set to true, you should avoid using the RowHeight DataWindow expression function to set the height of any element in the row. Doing so can result in a logical inconsistency between the height of the row and the height of the element. For more information, see the RowHeight function description.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.empname.Height.AutoSize dw1.Object.empname.Height.AutoSize = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("empname.Height.AutoSize") dw1.Modify("empname.Height.AutoSize=Yes")
See also
Description
Whether the column in a DataWindow object should maintain its minimum height, when its Autosize property is enabled. The property is false by default.
HasMinHeight only applies to columns that have Autosize enabled. When both Autosize height and HasMinHeight are true, the height value will be the max value between the auto height value (the calculated value when the Autosize height is set to true) and the value specified in the Height property.
Applies to
Column, Computed Field, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Height.HasMinHeight
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Height.HasMinHeight { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control for which you want to get or set the HasMinHeight property. |
value |
Whether the column should maintain its minimum height, when its Autosize property is enabled. Values are: No -- (default) Do not use the minimum height. If the Autosize property is enabled, the column that contains no data will be completely hidden. Yes -- Use the minimum height (the height selected in the painter) for the column. |
Usage
In the painter
Can be set only in code, not in the painter.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.empname.Height.HasMinHeight dw1.Object.empname.Height.AutoSize = "Yes" dw1.Object.empname.Height.HasMinHeight = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("empname.Height.HasMinHeight") dw1.Modify("empname.Height.AutoSize=Yes") dw1.Modify("empname.Height.HasMinHeight=Yes")
See also
Description
Settings for customizing the Help topics associated with DataWindow dialog boxes.
For more information about Help, see the section called “ShowHelp” in PowerScript Reference.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Help.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Help.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for specifying DataWindow Help. Help properties and their settings are listed in the table below. The File property must have a valid file name before the rest of the Help property settings can become valid. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For Help properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for Help |
Value |
---|---|
Command |
An integer specifying the type of Help command that is specified in the following TypeID properties. Values are: 0 -- Index 1 -- TopicID 2 -- Search keyword |
File |
A string containing the fully qualified name of the compiled Help file (for example, C:\proj\MYHELP.HLP). When this property has a value, Help buttons display on the DataWindow dialog boxes at runtime. |
TypeID |
A string specifying the default Help command to be used when a Help topic is not specified for the dialog using one of the following eight dialog-specific properties listed in this table. |
TypeID.ImportFile |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Import File dialog box, which might display when the ImportFile method is called in code. |
TypeID.Retrieve.Argument |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Retrieval Arguments dialog box, which displays when retrieval arguments expected by the DataWindow's SELECT statement are not specified for the Retrieve method in code. |
TypeID.Retrieve.Criteria |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Prompt for Criteria dialog box, which displays when the Criteria properties have been turned on for at least one column and the Retrieve method is called in code. |
TypeID.SaveAs |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Save As dialog box, which might display when the SaveAs method is called in code. |
TypeID.SetCrosstab |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Crosstab Definition dialog box, which might display when the CrosstabDialog method is called in code. |
TypeID.SetFilter |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Set Filter dialog box, which might display when the SetFilter and Filter methods are called in code. |
TypeID.SetSort |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Set Sort dialog box, which might display when the SetSort and Sort methods are called in code. |
TypeID.SetSortExpr |
A string specifying the Help topic for the Modify Expression dialog, which displays when the user double-clicks on a column in the Set Sort dialog. |
Usage
In the painter
Can be set only in code, not in the painter.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Help.Command dw1.Object.DataWindow.Help.File = "myhelp.hlp" dw1.Object.DataWindow.Help.Command = 1 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Help.Command") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Help.File='myhelp.hlp'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Help.Command=1") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Help.TypeID.SetFilter = 'filter_topic'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Help.TypeID.Retrieve.Criteria = 'criteria_topic'")
Description
Shows or hides a gray line to indicate that a fixed page has been crossed when scrolling in a DataWindow with group headers.
Applies to
DataWindow control
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HideGrayLine
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HideGrayLine { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether a gray line displays in the Preview view and at runtime. Values are: Yes -- The gray line is hidden. No -- The gray line displays (default). Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
This property can be set in the open event for the window in which the DataWindow displays. Note that you cannot suppress the display of repeating group headers.
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab. This option is enabled only for DataWindows with group headers.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.HideGrayLine = yes
Description
Whether the control appears only once per page when you print the DataWindow using the newspaper columns format.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.HideSnaked
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.HideSnaked { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the HideSnaked setting. |
value |
(exp) Whether the control appears once or multiple times in the printed output when the output has multiple columns (like a newspaper). Values are: 1 -- The control will appear only once on a page. 0 -- The control will appear in each column on a page. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, HideSnaked check box.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.HideSnaked dw1.Object.text_title.HideSnaked = "1" setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.HideSnaked") dw1.Modify("text_title.HideSnaked=1")
Description
The space between columns in the detail area of the DataWindow object. Horizontal_Spread is meaningful only when type is Grid or Tabular.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Horizontal_Spread = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the space between columns in the detail area of the DataWindow object area in the units specified for the DataWindow |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(...Horizontal_Spread = 25 ...)', errstring)
Description
The maximum width of the scroll box of the DataWindow's horizontal scroll bar. This value is set by PowerBuilder based on the layout of the DataWindow object and the size of the DataWindow control. Use HorizontalScrollMaximum with HorizontalScrollPosition to synchronize horizontal scrolling in multiple DataWindow objects.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum")
Description
The maximum width of the second scroll box when the horizontal scroll bar is split (HorizontalScrollSplit is greater than 0). This value is set by PowerBuilder based on the content of the DataWindow. Use HorizontalScrollMaximum2 with HorizontalScrollPosition2 to synchronize horizontal scrolling in multiple DataWindow objects.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum2
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum2"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum2 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum2")
Description
The position of the scroll box in the horizontal scroll bar. Use HorizontalScrollMaximum with HorizontalScrollPosition to synchronize horizontal scrolling in multiple DataWindow objects.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition { = scrollvalue }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
scrollvalue |
An integer specifying the position of the scroll box in the horizontal scroll bar of the DataWindow |
Examples
string spos1 spos1 = dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition string smax1, smax2, spos1, modstring integer pos2 smax1 = dw1.Describe( & "DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum") spos1 = dw1.Describe( & "DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition") smax2 = dw_2.Describe( & "DataWindow.HorizontalScrollMaximum") pos2 = Integer(spos1) * Integer(smax2) / Integer(smax1) modstring = "DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition=" & + String(pos2) dw1.Modify(modstring)
Description
The position of the scroll box in the second portion of the horizontal scroll bar when the scroll bar is split (HorizontalScrollSplit is greater than 0). Use HorizontalScrollMaximum2 with HorizontalScrollPosition2 to synchronize horizontal scrolling in multiple DataWindow objects.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition2
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition2 { = scrollvalue }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
scrollvalue |
An integer specifying the position of the scroll box in the second portion of a split horizontal scroll bar of the DataWindow |
Examples
string spos spos =dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition2 dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition2 = 200 spos = dw1.Describe( & "DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition2") dw1.Modify( & "DataWindow.HorizontalScrollPosition2=200")
Description
The position of the split in the DataWindow's horizontal scroll bar. If HorizontalScrollSplit is zero, the scroll bar is not split.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollSplit
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HorizontalScrollSplit { = splitdistance }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
splitdistance |
An integer indicating where the split will occur in the horizontal scroll bar in a DataWindow object in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object |
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollSplit dw1.Object.DataWindow.HorizontalScrollSplit = 250 str = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.HorizontalScrollSplit") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HorizontalScrollSplit=250")
Description
The way text in a button is horizontally aligned.
Applies to
Button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.buttonname.HTextAlign
Describe and Modify argument:
"buttonname.HTextAlign { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
buttonname |
The name of the button for which you want to align text. |
value |
An integer indicating how the button text is horizontally aligned. Values are: 0 -- Center 1 -- Left 2 -- Right |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Horizontal Alignment option.
Examples
dw1.Object.b_name.HTextAlign = "1" setting = dw1.Describe("b_name.HTextAlign") dw1.Modify("b_name.HTextAlign ='1'")
Description
Settings for adding user-defined HTML syntax and hyperlinks to controls in a Web DataWindow.
Obsolete property
HTML.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
Applies to
Column, Computed Field, Picture, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.HTML.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.HTML.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control whose HTML properties you want to get or set. |
property |
A property for generating HTML syntax and hyperlinks in a Web DataWindow. Properties and their values are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression only where noted. |
Property for HTML |
Value |
---|---|
AppendedHTML |
HTML you want to append to the generated syntax for the rendering of a DataWindow control before the closing bracket of the HTML element for that control. |
Link |
(exp) A URL that is the target of a link (HTML anchor element) generated for each data item in the column or for the specified control. The text or user-visible part of the link will be the data value in the column, the value of the computed field, the text in the Text control, or the image of a Picture control. The URL can include parameters. Other properties, such as LinkArgs, can cause additional parameters to be added when the HTML is generated. |
LinkArgs |
A string in the form: argname='exp'{ | argname = 'exp' } ... Argname is a page parameter to be passed to the server. Exp is a DataWindow expression whose value is a string. It is evaluated and converted using URL encoding and included in the linkargs string. The evaluated LinkArgs string is appended to the HTML.Link property when HTML is generated to produce a hyperlink for each data item in a column or other DataWindow control. |
LinkTarget |
(exp) The name of a target frame or window for the hyperlink (HTML A element) specified in the Link property. The target is included using the TARGET attribute. You can use the LinkTarget property to direct the new page to a detail window or frame in a master/detail page design. If LinkTarget is null or an empty string (""), then no TARGET attribute is generated. |
ValueIsHTML (does not apply to Picture controls) |
(exp) A boolean that, if true, allows the control contents (data value in a read-only column, the value of a computed field that is not calculated on the client, or the text in a Text control) to be generated as HTML. For XHTML, the control contents must be well-formed XHTML. |
Usage
The Link properties are typically used to create master/detail Web pages where a link on a data item jumps to a detail DataWindow for that item. LinkArgs is used to pass a retrieval argument identifying the particular item.
The AppendedHTML property is used to specify attributes and event actions to add to the HTML rendered for Web DataWindow controls.
ScrollToRow emulation
The ValueIsHTML property allows you to include standalone HTML syntax or tags in the generated Web DataWindow. You can use this feature to add horizontal rules (<HR>) and anchor tags (<A HREF="home.htm">home</A>) to Web DataWindows. If you add row-specific anchor tags, you can use the Modify method or DataWindow expressions to generate conditional HTML for each row.
The HTML generator does not validate the HTML you append to or include in controls in DataWindow objects. If the HTML is invalid, the DataWindow might not display correctly. You must also be careful not to append an event name that is already generated for the control as a coded client-side event.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, HTML tab.
Examples
// EMPID and PAGE are page parameters for the // page server's session object dw1.Object.empid.HTML.Link = "empform.html" dw1.Object.empid.HTML.LinkArgs = "EMPID = 'empid'" dw1.Object.empid.HTML.LinkTarget = "detail_win" dw1.Object.empid.HTML.ValueIsHTML = "true" dw1.Object.helpicon.HTML.Link = "help.html" dw1.Object.helpicon.LinkArgs = "PAGE = 'empform'" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.HTML.Link") dw1.Modify("empid.HTML.Link = 'empform.html'")
Description
Specifies whether HTML generated for the DataWindow object provides updates and interactivity.
Obsolete property
HTMLDW is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HTMLDW = value
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HTMLDW { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Values are:
|
Usage
When HTMLDW is set to Yes, the generated HTML supports data entry and takes advantage of browser features that enable user interaction when used with a page server (as described for the Data.HTML property). The generated HTML can be used to produce a page that displays a subset of retrieved rows and can include JavaScript code requesting additional pages with other subsets of the retrieved rows.
The resulting HTML can be used as a Web DataWindow control, which is a cooperation between a server component, a page server, and a client Web browser. The server component produces the HTML and the page server incorporates it into a Web page.
The user interacts with the DataWindow in the client browser, and actions produced by buttons in the DataWindow object are sent back to the page server. The page server calls methods of the server component to request processing for the data in the DataWindow object, including applying actions, updating data, and scrolling to other subsets.
To affect the level of DataWindow features in the resulting HTML, or to produce master/detail links between two Web DataWindow controls, see HTMLGen.property.
DataWindow features that will not be rendered into HTML include:
-
Graph, OLE, and RichText presentation styles and controls.
-
Client-side expressions that include aggregate functions. Aggregate functions cannot be evaluated in the browser. Instead, they will be evaluated on the server and the resulting value included in the HTML.
-
Resizable and movable controls.
-
Sliding of controls to fill empty space.
-
Autosizing of height or width.
-
EditMasks for column data entry.
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object by deselecting all controls; then select or clear the Web DataWindow check box on the General tab in the Properties view.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.HTMLDW = "yes" setting = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.HTMLDW") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HTMLDW = 'yes'")
Description
Settings that control the level of features incorporated into HTML generated for the DataWindow.
Obsolete property
HTMLGen.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HTMLGen.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HTMLGen.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property that controls how HTML is generated for a DataWindow. Properties and their values are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression where noted. |
Property for HTMLGen |
Value |
---|---|
Browser |
(exp) A string identifying the browser in which you want to display the generated HTML. The value should match the browser identifier part of the text string that the browser specifies in the HTTP header it sends to the server. This property is usually set dynamically on the server according to the HTTP header returned from the client. Recognized strings are listed in Browser recognition. |
ClientComputedFields |
(exp) Whether computed fields that reference column data are translated into JavaScript and computed in the client browser. Values are:
Regardless of this setting, if the computed field includes aggregation functions, the computed field is calculated on the server. For more information about this and the following properties, see Client properties |
ClientEvents |
(exp) Whether JavaScript code to trigger events is included in the generated HTML. Values are:
|
ClientFormatting |
(exp) Whether display formats are applied to data items that do not have focus. JavaScript for formatting the data is translated from display formats specified in the DataWindow painter. If you want to use regional settings, such as a period as a date separator and a comma as a decimal separator, you must set ClientFormatting to Yes. Values are:
|
ClientScriptable |
(exp) Whether client-side JavaScript can interact with the control. Values are:
This option adds approximately 20K to the size of the generated HTML. |
ClientValidation |
(exp) Whether JavaScript code to perform validation of user-entered data is included in the generated HTML. The validation code is translated from validation expressions specified in the DataWindow painter. Values are:
|
CommonJSFile |
(exp) Cache file name for common JavaScript functions required by Web DataWindows at runtime. If you set this property, the file is downloaded to the browser client once per session for use by all Web DataWindows. You can prefix the file name to a URL, or you can use the URL that you set with the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property. See JavaScript caching. |
DateJSFile |
(exp) Cache file name for common Web DataWindow functions that use a date format. If you set this property, the file is downloaded to the browser client once per session for use by all Web DataWindows. You can prefix the file name with a URL, or you can use the URL that you set with the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property. See JavaScript caching. |
EncodeSelfLinkArgs |
(exp) A switch to disable HTML 4 encoding of the evaluated HTMLGen.SelfLinkArgs expressions that are generated as hidden fields. The standard encoding limits character replacement to: ", &, <, and >. Disabling the standard encoding allows you to encode additional characters, but you must encode the argument expressions yourself. Values are:
|
GenerateDDDWFrames |
(exp) Specifies whether drop-down DataWindows are generated using inline frames (iFrames). The use of iFrames enhances the display so that the drop-down DataWindow displays in a Web application as it would in a Windows application. Using iFrames increases the volume of markup generated. Values are:
The use of the GenerateDDDWFrames option for drop-down DataWindows is supported only in the Internet Explorer browser. In other browsers, the HTML select element is always used. |
GenerateJavaScript |
(exp) Specifies whether to generate JavaScript if the browser is not recognized. Keep in mind that without JavaScript, updating of data is not available. Navigation links are still supported. Values are:
|
HTMLVersion |
(exp) The version of HTML to generate. Values are:
If the browser is recognized, this property is ignored and browser-specific HTML is generated. |
NetscapeLayers |
(exp) Formats the Web DataWindow for Netscape 4.0 or later using absolute positioning (in a manner similar to the formatting for Internet Explorer). See NetscapeLayers property. |
NumberJSFile |
(exp) Cache file name for common Web DataWindow functions that use a number format. If you set this property, the file is downloaded to the browser client once per session for use by all Web DataWindows. You can prefix the file name with a URL, or you can use the URL that you set with the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property. See JavaScript caching. |
ObjectName |
(exp) A string specifying a name used in generated code for the Web DataWindow client control, page parameters, and client-side events. You must specify a unique object name when there will be more than one Web DataWindow on a Web page so that names will not conflict. |
PageSize |
(exp) The number of rows of data to include in a generated Web page. If the Web page does not include all available rows, you can include button controls to navigate to the rest of the data. To include all available rows in the page, specify 0 for PageSize. If the HTMLDW property is set to Yes, PageSize is used. If it is set to No, PageSize is ignored and all rows in the result set are generated in a single page. |
PagingMethod |
A value of the WebPagingMethod enumerated variable that determines how paging is handled. Values are: PostBack! (0) -- (default) The control posts back to the server to perform paging operations. Callback! (1) -- The control calls a service on the client to perform paging operations. XMLClientSide! (2) -- The control retrieves the entire XML result set and performs paging operations on the client. This option is only available when the XML rendering format is used. See PagingMethod. |
ResourceBase |
(exp) The URL for included JavaScript files. If you set this property, you do not need to include a URL in the values for these other HTMLGen properties: CommonJSFile, DateJSFile, NumberJSFile, and StringJSFile. |
SelfLink |
(exp) A string specifying the URL for the current page. It cannot include parameters. Parameters specified in SelfLinkArgs can be added when HTML is generated. SelfLink is used to generate URLs for navigation buttons that obtain additional rows from the result set and for other buttons that reload the page, such as Update and Retrieve. |
SelfLinkArgs |
A string in the form: argname='exp'{ | argname = 'exp' } ... Argname is a page parameter to be passed to the server. Exp is a DataWindow expression whose value is a string. The DataWindow in the server component evaluates it, converts it using URL encoding, and includes it in the SelfLinkArgs string. The evaluated SelfLinkArgs expressions are included in the generated HTML as hidden fields. The arguments supply information that the server needs to render additional pages of the result set, such as retrieval arguments. |
StringJSFile |
(exp) Cache file name for common Web DataWindow functions that use a string format. If you set this property, the file is downloaded to the browser client once per session for use by all Web DataWindows. You can prefix the file name with a URL, or you can use the URL that you set with the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property. See JavaScript caching. |
TabIndexBase |
(exp) Sets the starting tab order number for a Web DataWindow. This property is useful for a Web page with multiple Web DataWindows when you can tab between columns of the DataWindows. Setting this property has no effect on page functionality when the page is viewed in a browser that does not support the tab index attribute. The maximum tab index allowed for a page is 32767. See TabIndexBase property. |
UserJSFile |
(exp) Cache file name for user-defined Web DataWindow functions. If you set this property, the file is downloaded to the browser client once per session for use by all Web DataWindows. You can prefix the file name to a URL, or you can use the URL that you set with the HTMLGen.ResourceBase property. See JavaScript caching. |
Usage
Most of these properties are considered only when the HTMLDW property is set to Yes.
The Browser and HTMLVersion properties are always considered when HTML is generated, regardless of the HTMLDW setting.
Browser identification strings are sent by the client to the server in the HTTP header. The server component can assign the HTTP_USER_AGENT value from the HTTP header to the Browser property. If the string specifies a browser that the DataWindow engine supports, the DataWindow will generate HTML optimized for that browser. Browser-specific HTML is generated only for Microsoft Internet Explorer and Netscape browsers.
If the browser is not recognized or not specified, then the generated HTML will use the HTMLVersion and GenerateJavaScript properties to decide what features to include. DataWindow HTML generation recognizes these browsers:
Browser |
HTTP header string |
HTML features used |
---|---|---|
Netscape |
Mozilla/1.x ( |
No style sheets, no absolute positioning, no JavaScript. |
|
Mozilla/2.x ( Mozilla/3.x ( |
JavaScript. No style sheets, no absolute positioning, no regular expressions. |
|
Mozilla/4.x (
|
Style sheets, JavaScript, regular expressions. No absolute positioning. |
Microsoft Internet Explorer |
Mozilla/1.22 (compatible; MSIE 2.x; |
No style sheets, no absolute positioning, no tab order, no JavaScript. |
|
Mozilla/2.0 (compatible; MSIE 3.x; |
Style sheets, tab order, JavaScript. No absolute positioning, no regular expressions. |
|
Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 4.x, Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.x; Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 6.x; |
Style sheets, absolute positioning, tab order, regular expressions. |
Opera |
Mozilla/3.0 (compatible; Opera 3.x; |
JavaScript, regular expressions. No style sheets, no absolute positioning. |
Columns with RichText edit style
To save rich text formatting in columns with the RichText edit style, the HTMLGen.Browser property must be set to "Microsoft Internet Explorer" and the HTMLGen.HTMLVersion property to "4.0".
The ClientEvents, ClientFormatting, ClientValidation, ClientComputedFields, and ClientScriptable properties control the amount of JavaScript that is generated for the Web DataWindow, which impacts the size of the page that is downloaded to the browser. You can reduce the size of the generated HTML by setting one or more of the properties to No.
You can also reduce the size of the generated HTML by setting up cache files for common Web DataWindow client-side methods. You can generate these files using the JavaScript Generation wizard that you launch from a button on the JavaScript Generation tab of the Properties view in the DataWindow painter.
Once you generate these files, you can set the file names as values for the CommonJSFile, DateJSFile, NumberJSFile, and/or StringJSFile properties. When you set these properties, the methods defined in the referenced files will not be generated with the HTML in any Web DataWindow pages that are sent to the page server and client browser.
With JavaScript caching, you improve performance after the first Web DataWindow page is generated-as long as the browser on the client computer is configured to use cached files. With caching enabled, the browser loads the JS files from the Web server into its cache, and these become available for all the Web DataWindow pages in your application. There is no performance gain if the browser does not find the JS files in its cache since, in this case, it reloads the files from the Web server.
The PagingMethod property determines whether the control uses the client-side script callback mechanism introduced in the .NET Framework 2.0 to execute server-side code without posting and refreshing the current page.
The default is to post back to the server (PostBack!).
The Callback! option uses script callbacks to retrieve the next page of XML data. It corresponds to the Microsoft GridView control's EnableSortingAndPagingCallback property, but applies only to paging. Client-side sorting is handled by another mechanism.
For the XML rendering format, the design of the Callback! option requires that a reusable XSLT stylesheet be generated so that the browser can cache it. The benefit from this requirement is that only the XML data for the next requested page need be returned by the callback. This XML data is always trivial in size (about a 1 to 20 ratio), resulting in significant bandwidth savings. This is unlike other implementations, where the entire presentation is always regenerated and downloaded again from every callback.
The generated XSLT stylesheet is not reusable, and therefore cannot be cached by the browser, if the DataWindow layout is inconsistent page-to-page, or it does not contain a complete first page of data. In these scenarios, the Callback! option defers to PostBack! until a stylesheet can be generated that is reusable, and can therefore be cached in the browser.
The XMLClientSide! option is only available with the XML rendering format. It retrieves the entire XML result set and uses XSLT re-transformation of the cached stylesheet to perform paging on the client. This option can currently be used only if the presentation style is uniform from page to page. For example, it cannot handle a summary band on the last page.
When PagingMethod is set to XMLClientSide!, InsertRow, AppendRow, and DeleteRow actions do not require a postback or callback to the server. However, computed fields in the DataWindow that are dependent on the RowCount method are not refreshed until an action such as Update or Retrieve forces a postback to the server.
Even if you set the NetscapeLayers property to true, certain functionality in a Netscape browser using absolute positioning might not be identical to the functionality available with Internet Explorer. For example, you cannot tab between DataWindow columns using a Netscape browser on an NT machine (although you can do this using a Netscape browser on a Solaris machine).
If you add Web DataWindows to a page that already has a Web DataWindow on it, you can set the TabIndexBase property for each Web DataWindow you add.
For a page with two Web DataWindows, setting the tab index base for the second DataWindow to a number greater than the tab index for the last column of the first DataWindow allows the user (using an Internet Explorer browser) to tab through all the columns of the first DataWindow before tabbing to the second DataWindow. Otherwise, pressing the Tab key could cause the cursor and focus to jump from one DataWindow to another instead of tabbing to the next column in the DataWindow that initially had focus.
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object by deselecting all controls; then set the values in the Properties view, Web Generation tab or JavaScript Generation tab. Select HTML/XHTML from the Format to Configure list to display the properties.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.HTMLGen.HTMLVersion = "4.0" setting = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.HTMLGen.Browser") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HTMLGen.ClientValidation = 'no'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HTMLGen.PublishPath = 'C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\MyWebApp\generatedfiles'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HTMLGen.ResourceBase = '/MyWebApp/generatedfiles'")
This statement sets the XMLGen.Paging property so that the complete result set is downloaded to the client and paging takes place on the client:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HTMLGen.PagingMethod=XMLClientSide!")
This statement sets the HTMLGen.PagingMethod property to use script callbacks:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.HTMLGen.PagingMethod=1
Description
Settings for the display of DataWindow data when displayed in HTML table format. These settings simplify the transfer of data from a database to an HTML page. They are particularly useful when used to create HTML pages dynamically.
Obsolete property
HTMLTable.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.HTMLTable.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.HTMLTable.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for a DataWindow to be displayed in HTML table format. Properties and their values are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for HTMLTable |
Value |
---|---|
Border |
(exp) Border attribute for the HTMLTable element. The default is 1 (line around the table). |
CellPadding |
(exp) CellPadding attribute for the HTMLTable element. The default is 0. |
CellSpacing |
(exp) CellSpacing attribute for the HTMLTable element. The default is 0. |
GenerateCSS |
(exp) Controls whether the DataWindow HTMLTable property's Table element contains border, cellpadding, cellspacing, nowrap, and width attributes. Also controls whether elements within the table contain CLASS references that control style sheet use. The default is no. |
NoWrap |
(exp) NoWrap attribute for the HTMLTable element. The default is to include this attribute. |
StyleSheet |
(exp) HTML cascading style sheet generated for the DataWindow. |
Width |
Width attribute for the HTMLTable element. The default is 0. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using the Properties view, HTML Table tab.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.HTMLTable.Border = "2" setting = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.HTMLTable.StyleSheet") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.HTMLTable.NoWrap = 'yes'")
Description
The number of the column or TableBlob.
Applies to
Column and TableBlob controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.ID
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.ID"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column or TableBlob for which you want the ID number |
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.empname.ID setting = dw1.Describe("empname.ID")
Description
Whether the database is to supply the value of the column in a newly inserted row. If so, the column is not updatable; the column is excluded from the INSERT statement.
Not all DBMSs support the identity property. For more information see the documentation for your DBMS.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Identity
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Identity { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
A string containing the name of the column for which you want to get or set the identity property. |
value |
A string indicating whether a column's value in a newly inserted row is supplied by the DBMS: Yes -- The DBMS will supply the value of the column in a newly inserted row; the column is not updatable. No -- The column is updatable. |
Examples
dw1.Object.empid.Identity = "yes" dw1.Modify("empid.Identity='yes'")
Description
Setting that determines whether import trace information is written to a log file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Import.XML.Trace
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Import.XML.Trace { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether trace information is written to a log file. Values are:
|
Usage
If you want to collect trace information, this property should be set before you call the ImportClipboard, ImportFile, or ImportString method to import data from an XML document. The trace information is appended to the file you specify using the Import.XML.TraceFile property. If no trace file is specified, trace information is appended to a file named pbxmltrc.log in the current directory.
In the painter
In the Data Import tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list, and type a file name in the Trace File Name text box.
Examples
This example specifies that trace information should be written to a file called xmltrace.log in the C:\temp directory.
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Import.XML.Trace = 'yes' ") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Import.XML.TraceFile = 'C:\temp\xmltrace.log' ")
See also
Description
Specifies the name and location of an import trace file.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Import.XML.TraceFile
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Import.XML.TraceFile { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
A string whose value is the name of the trace output file. If the file does not exist, it is created. |
Usage
If you want to collect trace information, the Import.XML.Trace property should be set before you call the ImportClipboard, ImportFile, or ImportString method to import data from an XML document. The trace information is appended to the file you specify using the Import.XML.TraceFile property. If no trace file is specified, trace information is appended to a file named pbxmltrc.log in the current directory.
In the painter
In the Data Import tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list, and type a file name in the Trace File Name text box.
Examples
This example specifies that trace information should be written to a file called xmltrace.log in the C:\temp directory.
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Import.XML.Trace = 'yes' dw1.Object.DataWindow.Import.XML.TraceFile = 'C:\temp\xmltrace.log'
See also
Description
Setting that optionally controls the logical structure of the XML imported from an XML file into a DataWindow object using the ImportFile method.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Import.XML.UseTemplate
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Import.XML.UseTemplate { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string specifying the name of an import template previously saved in the DataWindow painter for the specified DataWindow object |
Usage
This property should be set to specify the logical structure of the XML imported before you call the ImportFile method to import data from an XML document. An import template is not required if the XML document from which data is imported corresponds to the DataWindow column definition.
If an export template for a DataWindow object exists, it can be used as an import template. Only the mapping of column names to element attribute names is used for import. The order of elements within the template is not significant, because import values are located by name match and nesting depth within the XML document. All other information in the template, such as controls and comments, is ignored.
In the painter
In the Data Import tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select a template from the Use Template list.
Examples
This example sets the name of the current XML import template used in dw1 to t_import_report. If t_import_report does not exist, the current template is not changed.
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Import.XML.UseTemplate = 't_import_report' ")
See also
Description
The initial value of the column in a newly inserted row.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Initial
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Initial { = ' initialvalue ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
A string containing the name of the column for which you want to get or set the initial property. |
initialvalue |
A string containing the initial value of the column. Special values include: Empty -- A string of length 0 Null -- No value Spaces -- All blanks Today -- Current date, time, or date and time |
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.empname.Initial dw1.Object.empname.Initial = "empty" setting = dw1.Describe("empname.Initial") dw1.Modify("empname.Initial='empty'") dw1.Modify("empstatus.Initial='A'")
Description
Properties that control the attributes of ink in an InkPicture control or a column with the InkEdit edit style.
Applies to
Column and InkPicture controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.inkpicname.Ink.property dw_control.Object.columnname.Ink.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"inkpicname.Ink.property { = value }" "columnname.Ink.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
inkpicname |
The name of an InkPicture control. |
columnname |
The name of a column that has the InkEdit edit style. |
property |
A property for the InkPicture control or InkEdit column. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for Ink |
Value |
---|---|
AntiAliased |
A drawing attribute that specifies whether the foreground and background colors along the edge of the drawn ink are blended (antialiased) to make the stroke smoother and sharper. Values are: true -- The ink stroke appears smoother and sharper (default) false -- The ink stroke is not antialiased Painter: InkAntiAliased option. |
Color |
A drawing attribute that specifies the current ink color. The default color is black. Painter: InkColor option. |
Height |
A drawing attribute that specifies the height of the side of the rectangular pen tip in HIMETRIC units (1 HIMETRIC unit = .01mm). The default is 1. Painter: InkHeight option. |
IgnorePressure |
A drawing attribute that specifies whether the drawn ink gets wider as the pressure of the pen tip on the tablet surface increases. Values are: true -- Pressure from the pen tip is ignored false -- The width of the ink increases with the pressure of the pen tip (default) Painter: IgnorePressure option. |
Pentip |
A drawing attribute that specifies whether the pen tip is round or rectangular. Values are: Ball (0) -- The pen tip is round (default) Rectangle (1) -- The pen tip is rectangular Painter: PenTip option. |
Transparency |
A drawing attribute that specifies the transparency of drawn ink. The range of values is from 0 for totally opaque (the default) to 255 for totally transparent. Painter: InkTransparency option. |
Width |
A drawing attribute that specifies the width of the side of the rectangular pen tip in HIMETRIC units (1 HIMETRIC unit = .01mm). The default is 53. Painter: InkWidth option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Ink or InkPicture tab, InkAttributes section.
Examples
dw1.Object.inkpic1.Ink.Antialiased = true li_color = dw1.Describe("emp_status.Ink.Color")
See also
Description
Properties that control the behavior of a column with the InkEdit edit style.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.InkEdit.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.InkEdit.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of a column that has the InkEdit edit style. |
property |
A property for the InkEdit column. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for InkEdit |
Value |
---|---|
AutoSelect |
Whether to select the contents of the edit control automatically when it receives focus. Values are: Yes -- Select automatically (default). No -- Do not select automatically. You can use AutoSelect with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Auto Selection option. |
DisplayOnly |
Specifies whether the text is display-only and cannot be changed by the user. Values are: true -- Text cannot be changed by user. false -- Text can be changed by user (default). Painter: Display Only option. |
Factoid |
Specifies a context for ink recognition. Set this property if the input data is of a known type, such as a date or Web address, to constrain the search for a recognition result. Possible values include digit, e-mail, Web, date, time, number, currency, percent, and telephone. For a list of values, see the table that follows. Painter: Factoid option. |
FocusRectangle |
Whether a dotted rectangle (the focus rectangle) will surround the current row of the column when the column has focus. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Display the focus rectangle. No -- Do not display the focus rectangle (default). You can use FocusRectangle with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Show Focus Rectangle option. |
HScrollbar |
Whether a horizontal scroll bar displays in the edit control. Values are: Yes -- Display the horizontal scroll bar. No -- Do not display the horizontal scroll bar (default). Painter: Horizontal Scroll Bar option. |
InkMode |
Specifies whether ink collection is enabled and whether ink only or ink and gestures are collected. Values are: InkDisabled (0) -- Ink collection is disabled. CollectInkOnly (1) -- Only ink is collected. CollectInkAndGestures (2) -- Ink and gestures are collected (default). Painter: InkMode option. |
Limit |
A number specifying the maximum number of characters (0 to 32,767) that the user can enter. 0 means unlimited. Painter: Limit option. |
NilIsNull |
Whether to set the data value of the InkEdit to null when the user leaves the edit box blank. Values are: Yes -- Make the Empty string null. No -- Do not make the empty string null (default). Painter: Empty String is null option. |
RecognitionTimer |
Specifies the time period in milliseconds between the last ink stroke and the start of text recognition. The default is 2000 (two seconds). Painter: RecognitionTimer option. |
Required |
Whether the column is required. Values are: Yes -- Required. No -- (Default) Not required. Painter: Required option. |
UseMouseForInput |
Specifies whether the mouse can be used for input on a Tablet PC. Values are: true -- The mouse can be used for input false -- The mouse cannot be used for input (default) Painter: UseMouseForInput option. |
VScrollbar |
Whether a vertical scroll bar displays in the edit control. Values are: Yes -- Display a vertical scroll bar. No -- Do not display a vertical scroll bar (default). Painter: Vertical Scroll Bar option. |
Usage
The following values for Factoid are available. After the Default and None factoids, the drop-down list in the Properties view displays factoids for special formats in alphabetical order, followed by single-character factoids and Asian-language factoids. You can set multiple factoids by separating them with the pipe ( | ) character.
Factoid |
Description |
---|---|
Default |
Returns recognizer to the default setting. For Western languages, the default setting includes the user and system dictionaries, various punctuation marks, and the Web and Number factoids. For Eastern languages, the default setting includes all characters supported by the recognizer. |
None |
Disables all factoids, dictionaries, and the language model. |
Currency |
Currency in pounds, dollars, euros, and yen. |
Date |
Dates written in English; for example 8/19/2005, Aug 19, 2005, or Friday, August 19, 2005. |
|
E-mail addresses. |
Filename |
Windows file name paths. The name cannot include the following characters: / : " < > | |
Number |
Numeric values, including ordinals, decimals, separators, common suffixes, and mathematical symbols. This factoid includes the Currency and Time factoids. |
Percent |
A number followed by the percent symbol. |
Postal Code |
Postal codes as written in English, for example 01730 or CT17 9PW. |
System Dictionary |
Words in the system dictionary only. |
Telephone |
Telephone numbers as written in English, for example (555) 555 5555 or +44 1234 123456. |
Time |
Times as written in English, for example 15:05 or 3:05 pm. |
Web |
Various URL formats. |
Word List |
Words on the word list associated with the recognizer context only. |
Digit |
A single digit (0-9). |
One Char |
A single ANSI character. |
Upper Char |
A single uppercase character. |
In addition, the following Asian-language factoids are available:
Bopomofo |
Kanji Common |
Hangul Common |
Katakana |
Hiragana |
Korean Common |
Jamo |
Simplified Chinese Common |
Japanese Common |
Traditional Chinese Common |
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Ink tab for properties relating to Ink, or the Edit tab for properties common to other edit styles. The Style Type on the Edit tab must be set to InkEdit.
Examples
string str str = dw1.Object.emp_name.InkEdit.Factoid dw1.Object.emp_name.InkEdit.Factoid = EMAIL str = dw1.Describe("emp_bd.InkEdit.Factoid") dw1.Modify("emp_bd.InkEdit.Factoid=EMAIL") string str str = dw1.Object.emp_name.InkEdit.AutoHScroll dw1.Object.emp_name.InkEdit.Required = "no"
See also
Description
Properties that control the behavior of ink in an InkPicture control.
Applies to
InkPicture controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.inkpicname.InkPic.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"inkpicname.InkPic.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
inkpicname |
The name of an InkPicture control. |
property |
A property for the InkPicture control. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for InkPic |
Value |
---|---|
AutoErase |
Specifies whether the auto erase feature available on some styluses is turned on. Values are: true -- AutoErase is turned on. false -- AutoErase is turned off (default). Painter: AutoErase option. |
BackColor |
Specifies the numeric value of the background color: -2 to 16,777,215. For more information about color, see the RGB function. Painter: BackColor option. |
CollectionMode |
Specifies whether ink only, gestures only, or ink and gestures are collected. Values are: InkOnly (0) -- Only ink is collected (default). GestureOnly (1) -- Only gestures are collected. InkAndGesture (2) -- Ink and gestures are collected. Painter: CollectionMode option. |
DynamicRendering |
Specifies whether the ink is rendered (displayed in the control) as it is drawn. The default is true. Painter: DynamicRendering option. |
EditMode |
Specifies whether the editing mode of the control is set for drawing, deleting, or selecting ink. Values are: InkMode (0) -- Ink is drawn (default). DeleteMode (1) -- Ink is deleted. SelectMode (2) -- Ink is selected. Painter: EditMode option. |
EraserMode |
Specifies whether ink is removed by stroke or point. Values are: StrokeErase (0) -- The entire ink stroke under the stylus is removed (default). PointErase (1) -- Only the ink under the stylus is removed. Painter: EraserMode option. |
EraserWidth |
Specifies the width of the eraser pen tip in HIMETRIC units (1 HIMETRIC unit = .01mm). The default is 212. This property applies when EditMode is set to DeleteMode and EraserMode is set to PointErase. Painter: EraserWidth option. |
HighContrastInk |
Specifies whether ink is rendered in a single color when the system is in high contrast mode and draws the selection rectangle and handles in high contrast. Values are: true -- Ink is rendered in a single color in high contrast mode (default). false -- Ink is not rendered in a single color in high contrast mode. Painter: HighContrastInk option. |
InkEnabled |
Specifies whether the InkPicture control collects pen input. Values are: true -- The control collects pen input (default). false -- The control does not collect pen input and no pen-related events fire. Painter: InkEnabled option. |
MarginX |
Specifies the x-axis margin around the control in PowerBuilder units. The default value is 0. Painter: MarginX option. |
MarginY |
Specifies the y-axis margin around the control in PowerBuilder units. The default value is 0. Painter: MarginY option. |
PictureSizeMode |
Specifies how the picture is displayed in the control. Values are: Center Image (1) -- The picture is centered in the control. Normal (2) -- The picture is displayed in the upper-left corner of the control and any part of the picture that does not fit in the control is clipped (default). Stretch (3) -- The picture is stretched to fill the control. Painter: PictureSizeMode option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, InkPicture tab.
Examples
dw1.Object.inkpic1.InkPic.InkEnabled = true li_color = dw1.Describe("inkpic1.InkPic.BackColor")
See also
Description
The way the colors in a Picture control are displayed, either inverted or normal.
Applies to
Picture controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.bitmapname.Invert
Describe and Modify argument:
"bitmapname.Invert { = ' number ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
bitmapname |
The name of the Picture control in the DataWindow for which you want to invert the colors. |
number |
(exp) A boolean number indicating whether the colors of the picture will display inverted. Values are: 0 -- (Default) No; do not invert the picture's colors. 1 -- Yes; display the picture with colors inverted. Number can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Invert Image check box.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.bitmap_1.Invert dw1.Object.bitmap_1.Invert="0~tIf(empstatus='A',0,1)" setting = dw1.Describe("bitmap_1.Invert") dw1.Modify( & "bitmap_1.Invert='0~tIf(empstatus=~~~'A~~~',0,1)'")
Description
Settings that specify the physical path to which generated JavaScript is published and the URL indicating the location of the generated JavaScript.
Obsolete property
JSGen.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.JSGen.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.JSGen.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
One of the following:
|
value |
(exp) PublishPath -- A string that specifies the physical path of the website folder to which PowerBuilder publishes the generated JavaScript. (exp) ResourceBase -- A string that specifies the URL of the generated JavaScript for performing client-side XSLT transformation and instantiation of client-side data. |
Usage
The PublishPath folder must correspond to the URL specified in the ResourceBase property. At runtime, after PowerBuilder generates JavaScript to the PublishPath folder, it includes it in the final XHTML page by referencing it with the value of the ResourceBase property in a <script> element.
In the painter
In the JavaScript Generation tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XHTML from the Format to Configure list and specify the ResourceBase and Publish Path locations.
Examples
These statements set the JSGen.ResourceBase and JSGen.PublishPath properties:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.JSGen.ResourceBase= & 'http://www.myserver.com/xmlsource' dw1.Object.DataWindow.JSGen.PublishPath= & 'C:\work\outputfiles\xmlsource'
Description
Whether the column is part of the database table's primary key.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Key
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Key { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column for which you want to get or set primary key status. |
value |
Whether the column is part of the primary key. Values are: Yes -- The column is part of the primary key No -- The column is not part of the key |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using the Rows menu, Update Properties.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.empid.Key dw1.Object.empid.Key = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("empid.Key") dw1.Modify("empid.Key=Yes")
Description
An expression to be used as the key clause when retrieving the blob.
Applies to
TableBlob controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.tblobname.KeyClause
Describe and Modify argument:
"tblobname.KeyClause { = ' keyclause ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
tblobname |
The name of the TableBlob for which you want to specify a key clause. |
keyclause |
(exp) A string that will be built into a key clause using the substitutions provided. The key clause can be any valid WHERE clause. Keyclause can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Definition tab, Key Clause option.
Examples
With the following setting, the value of key_col will be put in col2 when PowerBuilder constructs the WHERE clause for the SELECTBLOB statement:
dw1.Modify(blob_1.KeyClause='Key_col = :col2'")
Description
Settings for a DataWindow whose presentation style is Label.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Label.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Label.property { = value }"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow(Label.property = value)
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for the Label presentation style. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For Label properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for Label |
Value |
---|---|
Columns |
An integer indicating the number of columns of labels on a sheet. Painter: Label group, Labels Across option. |
Columns.Spacing |
An integer indicating the space between columns of labels in the units specified for the DataWindow object. Painter: Arrangement group, Between Columns option. |
Ellipse_Height |
An integer specifying the height of the rounded corners of a RoundRectangle label. This property is not valid for any other label shape. This value uses the same unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object. Painter: Not set in painter. |
Ellipse_Width |
An integer specifying the width of the rounded corners of a RoundRectangle label. This property is not valid for any other label shape. This value uses the same unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object. Painter: Not set in painter. |
Height |
An integer specifying the height of a label in the units specified for the DataWindow object. Painter: Label group, Height option. |
Name |
A string containing the name of a label. Painter: Predefined Label option. |
Rows |
An integer indicating the number of rows of labels on a sheet. Painter: Label group, Labels Down option. |
Rows.Spacing |
An integer indicating the space between rows of labels on a sheet in the units specified for the DataWindow object. Painter: Arrangement group, Between Rows option. |
Shape |
A string specifying the shape of a label. Values are: Rectangle RoundRectangle Oval Painter: Not set in painter. |
Sheet |
(Describe only) Whether the paper is sheet fed or continuous. Values are: Yes -- Sheet fed No -- Continuous Painter: Arrangement group, Paper option. |
TopDown |
(Describe only) Whether the labels will be printed from the top to the bottom or across the page. Values are: No -- Print labels across the page. Yes -- Print labels from top to bottom. Painter: Arrangement group, Arrange option. |
Width |
An integer specifying the width of a label in the units specified for the DataWindow object. Painter: Label group, Width option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab (when presentation style is Label).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Label.Sheet dw1.Object.DataWindow.Label.Width = 250 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Label.Sheet") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Label.Width=250") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Label.Height=150") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Label.Columns=2") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Label.Width=250") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Label.Name='Address1'")
Description
The last row currently visible in the DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.LastRowOnPage
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.LastRowOnPage"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.LastRowOnPage setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.LastRowOnPage")
Description
The size of the left margin of the DataWindow object.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Left_Margin = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the size of the left margin in the units specified for the DataWindow |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style( ... LeftMargin = 500 ... )', errstring)
Description
The location of the legend in a Graph control in a DataWindow.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Legend
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Legend { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph control for which you want to specify the location of the legend. |
value |
(exp) A number indicating the location of the legend of a graph. Values are: 0 -- None 1 -- Left 2 -- Right 3 -- Top 4 -- Bottom Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Legend option (applicable when the graph has more than one series).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Legend dw1.Object.graph_1.Legend = 2 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Legend") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Legend=2") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Legend='2~tIf(dept_id=200,0,2)'")
Description
The grouping level.
Level is used in DataWindow syntax only for the Create method.
Applies to
Group keywords
Syntax
Group ( BY( colnum1, colnum2, ... ) ... Level = n ... )
Description
(RichText presentation style only) Whether the line of text that contains the input field for the column or computed field is removed when the input field is empty. LineRemove is similar to the SlideUp property for controls in other presentation styles.
Applies to
Column and Computed Field controls in the RichText presentation style
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.LineRemove
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.LineRemove { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column or computed field whose line of text you want removed when the input field is empty. |
value |
(exp) Whether the line of text is removed so that the rest of the text slides up when the input field for controlname is empty. Values are:
Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_street2.LineRemove dw1.Object.emp_street2.LineRemove = true setting = dw1.Describe("emp_street2.LineRemove") dw1.Modify("emp_street2.LineRemove=yes")
Description
When the OLE Object control is linked, the method for updating the link information. If the user tries to activate the OLE object and PowerBuilder cannot find the linked file, which breaks the link, LinkUpdateOptions controls whether PowerBuilder automatically displays a dialog box prompting the user to find the file. If you turn off the automatic dialog box, you can reestablish the link by calling the LinkTo or LinkUpdateDialog in code.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.olecontrolname.LinkUpdateOptions
Describe and Modify argument:
"olecontrolname.LinkUpdateOptions { = 'updatetype ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
olecontrolname |
The name of the OLE Object control for which you want to get or set the link update method. |
updatetype |
A number specifying how broken links will be reestablished. Updatetype can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Options tab, Link Update option.
Examples
string ls_data ls_data = dw1.Object.ole_report.LinkUpdateOptions dw1.Object.ole_report.LinkUpdateOptions = 0 ls_data = dw1.Describe("ole_report.LinkUpdateOptions") dw1.Modify("ole_report.LinkUpdateOptions='0'")
Description
The title of the dialog box that displays when an error occurs.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Message.Title
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Message.Title { = ' titlestring ' }"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow(Message.Title = ' titlestring ' )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
titlestring |
A string containing the title for the title bar of the DataWindow dialog box that displays when an error occurs |
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Message.Title dw1.Object.DataWindow.Message.Title = "Mistake!" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Message.Title") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Message.Title='Bad, Bad, Bad'") SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(...) & DataWindow(Message.Title='Sales Report' ...) ...", & ls_Errors)
Description
Whether the specified control in the DataWindow can be moved at runtime. Moveable controls should be in the DataWindow's foreground.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Moveable
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Moveable { = number }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control within the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the Moveable property that governs whether the user can move the control |
number |
A boolean number specifying whether the control is movable. Values are: 0 -- False, the control is not movable. 1 -- True, the control is movable. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.bitmap_1.Moveable dw1.Object.bitmap_1.Moveable = 1 setting = dw1.Describe("bitmap_1.Moveable") dw1.Modify("bitmap_1.Moveable=1")
Description
(RichText presentation style) Whether the column or computed field can contain multiple lines. Multiline is effective only when Width.Autosize is set to No.
Applies to
Column and Computed Field controls in the RichText presentation style
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Multiline
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Multiline { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column or computed field that will contain multiple lines. |
value |
(exp) Whether the input field can contain multiline lines. Values are:
Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Input Field or Compute tab, MultiLine option.
To display the property sheet, click the input field (column or computed field) to select it. Then right-click and select Properties from the pop-up menu.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_street2.Multiline dw1.Object.emp_street2.Multiline = true setting = dw1.Describe("emp_street2.Multiline") dw1.Modify("emp_street2.Multiline=yes")
Description
The name of the control.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, InkPicture, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Name
Describe argument:
"controlname.Name"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control for which you want the name. For columns, you can specify the column number preceded by #. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Name option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.#4.Name setting = dw1.Describe("#4.Name")
Description
The values for the retrieval arguments of a nested report. The number of values in the list should match the number of retrieval arguments defined for the nested report.
Applies to
Report controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.reportname.Nest_Arguments
Describe and Modify argument:
"reportname.Nest_Arguments { = list } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
reportname |
The name of the nested report for which you want to supply retrieval argument values. |
list |
A list of values for the retrieval arguments of the nested report. The format for the list is: ( ("arg1") {,("arg2") {,("arg3") {,... } } } ) |
Usage
The list is not a quoted string. It is surrounded by parentheses, and each argument value within the list is parenthesized, surrounded with double quotes, and separated by commas. If an argument is a literal string, use single quotes within the double quotes.
When changing the values for the retrieval arguments, you must supply values for all the retrieval arguments defined for the report. If you specify fewer or more arguments, an error will occur at runtime when the DataWindow retrieves its data.
To remove the report's retrieval arguments, specify empty parentheses. If no arguments are specified, the user is prompted for the values at runtime.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.rpt_1.Nest_Arguments dw1.Object.rpt_1.Nest_Arguments = & "((~"cust_id~"),(~"'Eastern'~"))" setting = dw1.Describe("rpt_1.Nest_Arguments") dw1.Modify("rpt_1.Nest_Arguments" "=((~"cust_id~"), (~"'Eastern'~"))") dw1.Modify("rpt_1.Nest_Arguments=()")
Description
Whether the DataWindow contains nested DataWindows. Values returned are Yes or No.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Nested
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Nested"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Nested setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Nested")
Description
Whether a change in the value of a group column causes a page break.
Applies to
Group keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Group ( colnum1, colnum2 NewPage )
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(Type=Group) " + & "Group(#3 NewPage ResetPageCount)", & ls_Errors)
Description
Whether a nested report starts on a new page. NewPage applies only to reports in a composite DataWindow. Note that if the Trail_Footer property of the preceding report is set to No, the current report will be forced to begin on a new page regardless of the NewPage value.
Applies to
Report controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.reportname.NewPage
Describe and Modify argument:
"reportname.NewPage { = value } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
reportname |
The name of the report control for which you want to get or set the NewPage property. |
value |
Whether the report begins a new page. Values are: Yes -- Start the report on a new page. No -- Do not start the report on a new page. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the Report control in the Composite presentation style and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, New Page check box.
Examples
string newpage_setting newpage_setting = dw1.Object.rpt_1.NewPage dw1.Object.rpt_1.NewPage = "Yes" newpage_setting = dw1.Describe("rpt_1.NewPage") dw1.Modify("rpt_1.NewPage=Yes")
Description
Determines whether message boxes are displayed to the user during DataWindow processing.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.NoUserPrompt
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.NoUserPrompt { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
A string specifying whether any message box requiring user intervention displays during DataWindow processing. Values are: Yes -- No message box displays. No -- (Default) Message boxes display when invoked during DataWindow processing. |
Usage
Set the NoUserPrompt property to yes if the DataWindow is to be used in a batch process when there is no possibility of end-user intervention. Dialog boxes you can prevent from displaying include the Error, Print, Retrieve, CrossTab, Expression, SaveAs, Import, Query, RichText, Filter, and Sort dialog boxes.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.NoUserPrompt = "yes" dw1.Modify("DataWindow.NoUserPrompt=no")
Description
A list of the controls in the DataWindow object. The names are returned as a tab-separated list.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Objects
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Objects"
Examples
setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Objects")
Description
Settings that some OLE server applications use to identify the client's information. The property values can be used to construct the title of the server window.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.OLE.Client.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.OLE.Client.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
An OLE client property, as shown in the table below. |
value |
Values for the properties are shown in the table below. Value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for OLE.Client |
Value |
---|---|
Class |
The client class for the DataWindow. The default is DataWindow. |
Name |
The client name for the DataWindow. The default is Untitled. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Definition tab.
Examples
ls_data = dw1.Object.DataWindow.OLE.Client.Class dw1.Object.DataWindow.OLE.Client.Class = "PB" ls_data = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.OLE.Client.Class") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.OLE.Client.Class = 'PB'")
Description
The name of the OLE class for the TableBlob control.
Applies to
TableBlob controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.tblobname.OLEClass
Describe and Modify argument:
"tblobname.OLEClass { = 'oleclassname ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
tblobname |
The TableBlob column for which you want to get or set the class of server application. |
oleclassname |
(exp) A string specifying a class of an OLE server application installed on your system. Oleclassname is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Definition tab, OLE Class: Description option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.blob_1.OLEClass dw1.Object.blob_1.OLEClass = 'Word.Document' setting = dw1.Describe("blob_1.OLEClass") dw1.Modify("blob_1.OLEClass='Word.Document'")
Description
The property specifies whether the width and height of the picture are set to their original values.
Applies to
Button and Bitmap controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.OriginalSize
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.OriginalSize { = 'value'} "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control for which you want to set the value. |
value |
A string specifying whether the control's image is set to its original size. Values are: True -- The image displays at its original size. False -- The image height and width can be set to other measurements. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Original Size check box.
In scripts
The OriginalSize property takes a boolean value. The following line sets the OriginalSize property to false:
dw_1.Object.p_empphoto.originalsize="false"
You should not try to change the width or height of a picture control when OriginalSize is set to true, because it can lead to unexpected behavior.
Examples
dw_1.Modify("p_empphoto.originalsize='true'") dw_1.Modify("p_product.originalsize='false'") dw_1.Modify("p_product.height='250'") dw_1.Modify("p_product.width='250'")
Description
The percentage of overlap for the data markers (such as bars or columns) in different series in a graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.OverlapPercent
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.OverlapPercent { = ' integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph control in the DataWindow object for which you want to get or set the percentage of overlap. |
integer |
(exp) An integer specifying the percent of the width of the data markers that will overlap. Integer can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, OverlapPercent option (applicable when a series has been specified).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.OverlapPercent dw1.Object.graph_1.OverlapPercent = 25 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.OverlapPercent") dw1.Modify("graph_1.OverlapPercent=25")
Description
Settings for a line or the outline of a control.
Applies to
Line, Oval, Rectangle, and RoundRectangle controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Pen.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Pen.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control whose Pen property you want to get or set. |
property |
A property that applies to the Pen characteristics of controlname, as listed in the table below. |
value |
The value of the property, as shown in the table below. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Pen |
Value |
---|---|
Color |
(exp) A long specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used as the control's line color. Painter: Pen Color option. |
Style |
(exp) A number specifying the style of the line. Values are: 0 -- Solid 1 -- Dash 2 -- Dotted 3 -- Dash-dot pattern 4 -- Dash-dot-dot pattern 5 -- Null (no visible line) Painter: Pen Style option. |
Width |
(exp) A number specifying the width of the line in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow. Painter: Pen Width option (not available when Style is a value other than Solid). |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.line_1.Pen.Width dw1.Object.line_1.Pen.Width = 10 setting = dw1.Describe("line_1.Pen.Width") dw1.Modify("line_1.Pen.Width=10")
Description
The distance from the front of the window at which the graph appears.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Perspective
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Perspective { = ' integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph control in the DataWindow object for which you want to get or set the perspective. |
integer |
(exp) An integer between 1 and 100 specifying how far away the graph appears. The larger the number, the greater the distance and the smaller the graph appears. Integer can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Perspective scroll bar (available when a 3D graph type is selected).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Perspective dw1.Object.graph_1.Perspective = 20 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Perspective") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Perspective=20")
Description
Settings that control the background picture displayed in a DataWindow object. Picture properties are not supported in RichText, Graph, or OLE DataWindow presentation styles.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.datawindow.picture.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.picture.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for the picture background. Properties and their settings are listed in the table that follows. Picture properties are used only when the datawindow.brushmode value is 6. These properties are not available for RichText, Graph, or OLE DataWindow objects. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For picture properties, value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Picture |
Value |
---|---|
Clip.Bottom |
An integer specifying the percentage to clip from the bottom edge of the background picture. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Clip.Left |
An integer specifying the percentage to clip from the left edge of the background picture. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Clip.Right |
An integer specifying the percentage to clip from the right edge of the background picture. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Clip.Top |
An integer specifying the percentage to clip from the top edge of the background picture. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
File |
Painter: Background tab, Picture group. A string indicating the pathname for the picture file to be used for the DataWindow background. Supported formats are BMP, GIF, JPEG, RLE, WMF, and PNG. |
Mode |
An integer indicating the orientation and size of the background picture, and whether it is tiled. Tiling also depends on the Scale.X and Scale.Y values. Values are: 0 -- Original Size 1 -- Fit to Width 2 -- Fit to Height 3 -- Preserve Aspect Ratio/Max to Rect 4 -- Stretch to Fit 5 -- Tile 6 -- Flip X 7 -- Flip Y 8 -- Flip XY Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Scale.X |
An integer from 0 to 100 that indicates the horizontal size of the bitmap in relation to the horizontal size of the DataWindow object. If you set the Scale.X and Scale.Y properties to 100, the background picture will cover the entire DataWindow object. This property is used only when picture.tilemode is set to 5, 6, 7, or 8. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Scale.Y |
An integer from 0 to 100 that indicates the vertical size of the bitmap in relation to the vertical size of the DataWindow object. If you set the Scale.X and Scale.Y properties to 100, the background picture will cover the entire DataWindow object. This property is used only when picture.tilemode is set to 5, 6, 7, or 8. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Tranparency |
An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the background bitmap is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. Painter: Background tab, Picture group. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object and set the value on the Background tab of the Properties view.
If you save to an EMF or WMF, the properties on the Background tab are not saved with the DataWindow.
This table explains the values for Picture.Mode:
Value |
Description |
---|---|
0 - Original Size |
The image is centered and not tiled to fit the DataWindow. |
1 - Fit to Width |
The image is stretched or compressed (depending on the aspect ratio) until its width matches that of the DataWindow control). |
2 - Fit to Height |
The image is stretch or compressed (depending on the the aspect ratio) until its height matches that of the DataWindow control. |
3 - Preserve Aspect Ratio/Max to Rect |
The image is stretched or compressed (without distortion) until its width or height matches that of the DataWindow control without either of them exceeding the bounds of the DataWindow control. |
4 - Stretch to Fit |
The image is stretched to fill the DataWindow control, without preserving the aspect ratio. |
5 - Tile |
The image is tiled to fill the DataWindow. The number of repetitions will be affected by the values of picture.scale.x, picture.scale.y, and the picture.clip properties. |
6 - Flip X |
The image is used to fill the DataWindow by tiling and then it is flipped horizontally as you move from one tile to the next in a row. The number of repetitions will be affected by the values of picture.scale.x, picture.scale.y, and the picture.clip properties. |
7 - Flip Y |
The image is used to fill the DataWindow by tiling and then it is flipped vertically as you move from one tile to the next in a column. The number of repetitions will be affected by the values of picture.scale.x, picture.scale.y, and the picture.clip properties. |
8 - Flip XY |
The image is used to fill the DataWindow by tiling and then it is flipped horizontally as you move along the rows and vertically as you move along the columns. The number of repetitions will be affected by the values of picture.scale.x, picture.scale.y, and the picture.clip properties. |
Examples
dw_1.Modify("datawindow.brushmode=6") dw_1.Object.datawindow.picture.File="MyPic.bmp"
Description
Whether a continuous line is drawn between tics in a line graph when there is no data on the X and Y axes.
Applies to
Graph controls, Graph DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.PlotNullData
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.PlotNullData { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph control in the DataWindow object for which you want to get or set the perspective. |
value |
A boolean number indicating whether a continuous line is drawn between tics in a line graph when there is no data. Values are: 0 -- (False) The line is broken when there is no data. 1 -- (True) The line is continuous. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value in the Properties view, General tab, PlotNullData check box (available when a line graph type is selected).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.PlotNullData dw1.Object.graph_1.PlotNullData = 1 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.PlotNullData") dw1.Modify("graph_1.PlotNullData=1")
Description
The image to be used for the mouse pointer when the pointer is over the specified control. If you specify a pointer for the whole DataWindow, PowerBuilder uses that pointer except when the pointer is over a control that also has a Pointer setting.
Applies to
DataWindow, Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Pointer
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Pointer { = 'pointername ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the pointer. Specify DataWindow to specify the pointer for the whole DataWindow. |
pointername |
(exp) A string specifying a value of the Pointer enumerated datatype or the name of a cursor file (.CUR) to be used for the pointer. (See the section called “SetPointer” in PowerScript Reference for a list of Pointer values.) Pointername can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Pointer tab.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Pointer dw1.Object.graph_1.Pointer = 'Cross!' setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Pointer") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Pointer = 'Cross!'") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Pointer = 'c:\pb040\mycurs.cur'")
Description
Properties that control the print preview of a DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Print.Preview.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Print.Preview.property { = value }"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow ( Print.Preview.property = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for print preview. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for Print.Preview |
Value |
---|---|
Buttons |
Whether buttons display in print preview. Values are: Yes -- Buttons are displayed. No -- (Default) Buttons are not displayed. Painter: Display Buttons - Print Preview. |
Outline |
Whether a blue line displays to show the location of the margins. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Margin outline is displayed. No -- Margin outline is not displayed. Painter: Print Preview Shows Outline |
Rulers |
Whether the rulers display when the DataWindow object displays in preview mode. Values are: Yes -- Display the rulers. No -- (Default) Do not display the rulers. You can view rulers in Preview mode in the DataWindow painter. With the Preview view selected, select File>Print Preview, then File>Print Preview Rulers. However, the setting is not used at runtime. To see rulers at runtime, set Print.Preview.Rulers in code. |
Zoom |
An integer indicating the zoom factor of the print preview. The default is 100%. You can view different zoom percentages in Preview mode in the DataWindow painter. With the Preview view selected, select File>Print Preview, then File>Print Preview Zoom. However, the setting is not used at runtime. To change the zoom factor at runtime, set Print.Preview.Zoom in code. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set values in the Properties view, Print Specifications tab.
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Preview.Buttons = 'Yes' setting = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.Print.Preview.Buttons") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Preview.Buttons = 'Yes'") dw1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Preview.Rulers = 'Yes' setting = dw1.Describe ("DataWindow.Print.Preview.Rulers") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Preview.Rulers = 'Yes'")
See also
Description
Properties that control the printing of a DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Print.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Print.property { = value }"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow ( Print.property = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for printing. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. Value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for Print |
Value |
---|---|
Background |
Whether the background settings of the DataWindow and controls display on the printed report. Values are: Yes -- Display background on report. This feature is not supported when you use a picture as the DataWindow background. No -- (Default) Do not display background on report. Painter: Print Shows Background option. |
Buttons |
Whether buttons display on the printed output. Values are: Yes -- Buttons are displayed. No -- Buttons are not displayed. Painter: Display Buttons - Print. |
CanUseDefaultPrinter |
Whether a report can be printed on the default system printer if the printer specified by the PrinterName property is not valid. Painter: Can Use Default Printer option. |
ClipText |
Whether the text of a static text field on a printed page is clipped to the dimensions of the text field when the text field has no visible border setting. Values are: Yes -- The printed text does not overrun the text field. No -- (Default) The entire text can overrun the text field. Text is automatically clipped for text fields with visible border settings even if this property is not set. Painter: Clip Text option. |
Collate |
Whether printing is collated. Note that collating is usually slower since the print is repeated to produce collated sets. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Collate the pages of the print job. No -- Do not collate. Painter: Collate Copies option. |
Color |
An integer indicating whether the printed output will be color or monochrome. Values are: 1 -- Color 2 -- Monochrome The user can specify the value in the system's Print dialog box if the printer driver supports it. |
Columns |
An integer specifying the number of newspaper-style columns the DataWindow will print on a page. For purposes of page fitting, the whole DataWindow is a single column. The default is 1. Painter: Newspaper Columns Across option. |
Columns.Width |
An integer specifying the width of the newspaper-style columns in the units specified for the DataWindow. Painter: Newspaper Columns Width option. |
Copies |
An integer indicating the number of copies to be printed. The user can also specify this value in the system's Print Setup dialog box if the printer driver supports it. If you use both the Print.Copies property and the Print Setup dialog box to indicate that multiple copies should be printed, the total number of copies printed is the product of the two values. |
CustomPage.Length |
A long indicating the desired length of a custom paper size for printing. Use this property in conjunction with Print.CustomPage.Width and with Paper.Size set to 256. |
CustomPage.Width |
A long indicating the desired width of a custom paper size for printing. Use this property in conjunction with Print.CustomPage.Length and with Paper.Size set to 256. |
DocumentName |
A string containing the name that will display in the print queue when the user sends the contents of the DataWindow object to the printer. Painter: Document Name option. |
Duplex |
An integer indicating duplex or double-sided printing for printers capable of duplex printing. Values are: 0 -- Default 1 -- Normal (nonduplex) printing 2 -- Short-edge binding (the long edge of the page is horizontal) 3 -- Long-edge binding (the long edge of the page is vertical) The user can specify the value in the system's Print dialog box if the printer driver supports it. |
Filename |
A string containing the name of the file to which you want to print the report. An empty string means send to the printer. Painter: Cannot be set in painter. |
Margin.Bottom |
An integer indicating the width of the bottom margin on the printed page in the units specified for the DataWindow. You can set Margin.Bottom when using SyntaxFromSql to generate DataWindow syntax. Painter: Bottom Margin option. |
Margin.Left |
An integer indicating the width of the left margin on the printed page in the units specified for the DataWindow. You can set Margin.Left when using SyntaxFromSql to generate DataWindow syntax. Painter: Left Margin option. |
Margin.Right |
An integer indicating the width of the right margin on the printed page in the units specified for the DataWindow. You can set Margin.Right when using SyntaxFromSql to generate DataWindow syntax. Painter: Right Margin option. |
Margin.Top |
An integer indicating the width of the top margin on the printed page in the units specified for the DataWindow. You can set Margin.Top when using SyntaxFromSql to generate DataWindow syntax. Painter: Top Margin option. |
Orientation |
An integer indicating the print orientation. This property has no effect if the computer has no default printer. Values are: 0 -- The default orientation for your printer 1 -- Landscape 2 -- Portrait Painter: Paper Orientation option. |
OverridePrintJob |
Whether you want to override the print job print settings defined in the PrintOpen method with the print specifications of the DataWindow. Values are: Yes -- Override the print job print settings. No -- (Default) Do not override the print job print settings. Painter: Override Print Job option. |
Page.Range |
A string containing the numbers of the pages you want to print, separated by commas. You can also specify a range with a dash. For example, to print pages 1, 2, and 5 through 10, enter: "1,2, 5-10". The empty string means print all. The user can specify the value in the system's Print dialog box if the printer driver supports it. |
Page.RangeInclude |
An integer indicating what pages to print within the desired range. Values are: 0 -- Print all. 1 -- Print all even pages. 2 -- Print all odd pages. The user can specify the value in the system's Print dialog box if the printer driver supports it. |
Paper.Size |
An integer indicating the size of the paper used for the output: 0 -- Default paper size for the printer 1 -- Letter 8 1/2 x 11 in 2 -- LetterSmall 8 1/2 x 11 in 3 -- Tabloid 17 x 11 in 4 -- Ledger 17 x 11 in 5 -- Legal 8 1/2 x 14 in 6 -- Statement 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 in 7 -- Executive 7 1/4 x 10 1/2 in 8 -- A3 297 x 420 mm 9 -- A4 210 x 297 mm 10 -- A4 Small 210 x 297 mm 11 -- A5 148 x 210 mm 12 -- B4 250 x 354 mm 13 -- B5 182 x 257 mm 14 -- Folio 8 1/2 x 13 in 15 -- Quarto 215 x 275 mm 16 -- 10x14 in 17 -- 11x17 in 18 -- Note 8 1/2 x 11 in 19 -- Envelope #9 3 7/8 x 8 7/8 20 -- Envelope #10 4 1/8 x 9 1/2 21 -- Envelope #11 4 1/2 x 10 3/8 22 -- Envelope #12 4 x 11 1/276 23 -- Envelope #14 5 x 11 1/2 24 -- C size sheet 25 -- D size sheet 26 -- E size sheet 27 -- Envelope DL 110 x 220 mm 28 -- Envelope C5 162 x 229 mm 29 -- Envelope C3 324 x 458 mm 30 -- Envelope C4 229 x 324 mm 31 -- Envelope C6 114 x 162 mm 32 -- Envelope C65 114 x 229 mm 33 -- Envelope B4 250 x 353 mm 34 -- Envelope B5 176 x 250 mm 35 -- Envelope B6 176 x 125 mm 36 -- Envelope 110 x 230 mm 37 -- Envelope Monarch 3.875 x 7.5 in 38 -- 6 3/4 Envelope 3 5/8 x 6 1/2 in 39 -- US Std Fanfold 14 7/8 x 11 in 40 -- German Std Fanfold 8 1/2 x 12 in 41 -- German Legal Fanfold 8 1/2 x 13 in 255, 256 -- User-defined paper size (see "Usage" below) Painter: Paper Size option. |
Paper.Source |
An integer indicating the bin that will be used as the paper source. The integer you use depends on the tray number used by the printer. (To determine the actual bin setting, you can query the printer with a utility that makes API calls to the printer driver.) Typical values are: 0 -- Default 1 -- Upper 2 -- Lower 3 -- Middle 4 -- Manual 5 -- Envelope 6 -- Envelope manual 7 -- Auto 8 -- Tractor 9 -- Smallfmt 10 -- Largefmt 11 -- Large capacity 14 -- Cassette Painter: Paper Source option. |
Preview |
Whether the DataWindow object is displayed in preview mode. Values are: Yes -- Display in preview mode. No -- (Default) Do not display in preview mode. |
Preview.Background |
Whether the background settings of the DataWindow and controls display in the print preview. Values are: Yes -- Display in preview mode. No -- (Default) Do not display in preview mode. Painter: Preview Shows Background option. |
PrinterName |
A string containing the name of the printer you want to use to print the DataWindow report. If the printer name is not specified or if the named printer cannot be found at runtime, print output can be directed to the default printer for the user's machine by setting the CanUseDefaultPrinter property. Otherwise, an error is returned. Painter: Printer Name option. |
Prompt |
Whether a Printer Setup dialog displays before a job prints so the user can change the paper or other settings for the current printer. Values are: Yes -- (Default) Display a Printer Setup dialog. No -- Do not display a Printer Setup dialog. Choosing Cancel in the Printer Setup dialog dismisses the Setup dialog; it does not cancel printing. To allow the user to cancel printing, see the Print method. For DataStores, this property is ignored; a dialog is never displayed. Painter: Prompt Before Printing check box. |
Quality |
An integer indicating the quality of the output. Values are: 0 -- Default 1 -- High 2 -- Medium 3 -- Low 4 -- Draft The user can specify the value in the system's Print dialog box if the printer driver supports it. |
Scale |
An integer specifying the scale of the printed output as a percent. The scaling percentage is passed to the print driver. If you have problems with scaling, you might be using a driver that does not support scaling. The user can specify the value in the system's Print dialog box if the printer driver supports it. For more information, see your print driver documentation. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set values in the Properties view, Print Specifications tab.
To specify a user-defined paper size, set the Paper.Size property to 255 or 256, then set the Print.CustomPage.Length and Print.Custom.Page.Width properties to the desired size. With Paper.Size set to 255, Length and Width are in the units specified for the DataWindow on the General page in the Properties view. For example:
// DataWindow Units set to 1/1000 inch dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Paper.Size=255") //9.875 inches long dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.CustomPage.Length=9875") //7.375 inches wide dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.CustomPage.Width=7375")
With Paper.Size set to 256, Length and Width are in millimeters:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Paper.Size=256") //25.4 centimeters long dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.CustomPage.Length=254") //19.5 centimeters wide dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.CustomPage.Width=195")
Examples
strData = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Scale dw1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Paper.Size = 3 strData = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Print.Scale") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Paper.Size = 3") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Margin.Top=500") dw1.Object.DataWindow.Print.Buttons = 'Yes' setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Print.Buttons") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Print.Buttons = 'Yes'")
See also
Description
The name of the printer for printing the DataWindow as specified in the system's printer selection dialog box.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Printer = "printername"
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Printer" { = printername }"
Usage
The printer you select for a DataWindow does not affect the PowerBuilder default printer or the system default printer. To specify a network-connected printer, you must use a fully specified network printer name:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.Printer = "\\net-print\pr-6"
If you specify a DataWindow printer, but the printer is not found, the DataWindow engine does not attempt to print to a default device.
Examples
The following example changes the DataWindow printer (but does not affect the system default printer device):
dw1.Modify ('DataWindow.Printer="My LaserJet 3" ')
You can display the DataWindow printer with either of the following calls:
string ls_dwprinter ls_dwprinter = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Printer ls_dwprinter = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Printer")
Description
The type of processing required to display the data in the selected presentation style.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Processing
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Processing"
Return values are:
0 -- (Default) Form, group, n-up, or tabular
1 -- Grid
2 -- Label
3 -- Graph
4 -- Crosstab
5 -- Composite
6 -- OLE
7 -- RichText
8 -- TreeView
9 -- TreeView with Grid
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Processing setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Processing")
Description
The protection setting of a column. The Protect property overrides tab order settings. When a column is protected, the user cannot edit it even if the column's tab order is greater than 0.
Applies to
A column
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Protect
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Protect { = ' integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column for which you want to get or set the protection. |
integer |
(exp) A boolean integer specifying whether the column is protected. Values are: 0 -- False, the column is not protected. 1 -- True, the column is protected. Integer can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
A user cannot change a column value if any one of these conditions is true:
-
TabSequence is 0
-
Edit.DisplayOnly is Yes when the column has the Edit edit style
-
Protect is 1
Only the Protect property allows you to specify a conditional expression that protects some values in the column but not others.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab (using a conditional expression).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_stat.Protect dw1.Object.emp_stat.Protect=1 setting = dw1.Describe("emp_stat.Protect") dw1.Modify("emp_stat.Protect=1") dw1.Modify("emp_stat.Protect='1~tIf(IsRowNew(),0,1)'")
Description
Removes the WHERE clause from a query. Note that the only valid setting is Yes.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.QueryClear
Modify argument:
"DataWindow.QueryClear { = value }"
Examples
dw1.Object.DataWindow.QueryClear = "yes" dw1.Modify("DataWindow.QueryClear=yes")
Description
Whether the DataWindow is in query mode. In query mode, the user can specify the desired data by entering WHERE criteria in one or more columns.
DataWindow presentation styles
You cannot use QueryMode with DataWindow objects that use any of the following presentation styles: N-Up, Label, Crosstab, RichText, and Graph.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.QueryMode
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.QueryMode { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the DataWindow is in query mode. Values are: yes -- Query mode is enabled. no -- Query mode is disabled. |
Usage
After the user specifies retrieval criteria in query mode, subsequent calls to Retrieve can use the new criteria. To retrieve data based on user selection, change the query mode back to no and use AcceptText to accept the user's specification before the next call to Retrieve.
Setting QuerySort to yes also puts the DataWindow into query mode, changing the QueryMode property's value to yes.
Query mode and secondary DataWindows
When you are sharing data, you cannot turn on query mode for a secondary DataWindow. Trying to set the QueryMode or QuerySort properties results in an error.
Buffer manipulation and query mode
A DataWindow cannot be in query mode when you call the RowsCopy method.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.QueryMode dw1.Object.DataWindow.QueryMode = "yes" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.QueryMode") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.QueryMode=yes")
Description
Whether the result set is sorted when the DataWindow retrieves the data specified in query mode. When query sort is on, the user specifies sorting criteria in the first row of the query form.
DataWindow presentation styles
You cannot use QuerySort with DataWindow objects that use any of the following presentation styles: N-Up, Label, Crosstab, RichText, and Graph.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.QuerySort
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.QuerySort { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the data retrieved from query mode specifications is sorted. Values are: Yes -- Sorting is enabled. No -- Sorting is disabled. |
Usage
If the DataWindow is not already in query mode, setting QuerySort to Yes also sets QueryMode to Yes, putting the DataWindow in query mode.
When you set QuerySort to No, the DataWindow remains in query mode until you also set QueryMode to No.
Query mode and secondary DataWindows
When you are sharing data, you cannot turn on query mode for a secondary DataWindow. Trying to set the QueryMode or QuerySort properties results in an error.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.QuerySort dw1.Object.DataWindow.QuerySort = "yes" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.QuerySort") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.QuerySort=yes")
Description
Properties that control the appearance and behavior of a column with the RadioButton edit style.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.RadioButtons.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.RadioButtons.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column that has the RadioButton edit style. |
property |
A property for the RadioButton column. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. For RadioButton properties, value cannot be a DataWindow expression. |
Property for RadioButtons |
Value |
---|---|
3D or ThreeD |
Whether the radio buttons are 3D. Values are: Yes -- Make the buttons 3D. No -- Do not make the buttons 3D. Painter: 3D Look option. When using dot notation, use the term ThreeD instead of 3D. |
Columns |
An integer constant specifying the number of columns of radio buttons. Painter: Columns Across option. |
LeftText |
Whether the text labels for the radio buttons are on the left side. Values are: Yes -- The text is on the left of the radio buttons. No -- The text is on the right of the radio buttons. Painter: Left Text option. |
Scale |
Whether the circle is scaled to the size of the font. Scale has an effect only when 3D is No. Values are: Yes -- Scale the circles. No -- Do not scale the circles. Painter: Scale Circles option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Edit tab when Style Type is RadioButtons.
Examples
setting = dw1.Describe("empg.RadioButtons.LeftText") dw1.Modify("emp_gender.RadioButtons.LeftText=no") dw1.Modify("emp_gender.RadioButtons.3D=Yes") dw1.Modify("emp_gender.RadioButtons.Columns=2") string setting setting = & dw1.Object.emp_gender.RadioButtons.LeftText dw1.Object.emp_gender.RadioButtons.LeftText = "no"
Description
The rows in the DataWindow used in the graph or OLE Object control. Range can be all rows, the rows on the current page, a group that you have defined for the DataWindow, or the current row (OLE Object controls only).
Applies to
Graph and OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Range
Describe argument:
"controlname.Range"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the graph control within the DataWindow that will display the graphed rows or the name of the OLE Object control that holds an OLE object to which the specified range of rows will be transferred. |
Usage
Possible values are:
-2 -- The current row (OLE Object controls only)
-1 -- The rows on a single page in the DataWindow object
0 -- All the rows in the DataWindow object
n -- The number of a group level in the DataWindow object
GroupBy and Target also affect the data that is transferred to the OLE object.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Data tab, Rows option.
Examples
string strRange strRange = dw1.Object.graph_salary.Range strRange = dw1.Object.ole_report.Range strRange = dw1.Describe("graph_salary.Range") strRange = dw1.Describe("ole_report.Range")
Description
Whether the DataWindow is read-only.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.ReadOnly
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.ReadOnly { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the DataWindow is read-only. Values are: Yes -- Make the DataWindow read-only. No -- (Default) Do not make the DataWindow read-only. |
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.ReadOnly dw1.Object.DataWindow.ReadOnly="Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.ReadOnly") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.ReadOnly=Yes")
Description
Whether the GraphType is rendered in the DirectX 3D style.
Applies to
Graph controls and Graph DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Render3D
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Render3D { = ' boolean ' }
Parameter |
Description |
|
---|---|---|
graphname |
The graph control for which you want to get or change the type. Graph types that can use the new 3D rendering style are: |
|
|
3 -- Bar 3D 8 -- Col3D |
15 -- Area3D 16 -- Line3D 17 -- Pie3D |
boolean |
0 = Original 3D style 1 = New 3D rendering style |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
The following statement sets a graph control to the DirectX 3D style.
gr_1.Render3D=true
The following statement sets a DataWindow in the graph presentation style to the DirectX 3D style.
dw_1.Object.gr_1.Render3D=true
Description
Whether tab characters embedded in the data for a DataWindow display as square boxes when the row is not the current row.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.ReplaceTabWithSpace
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.ReplaceTabWithSpace { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether tab characters embedded in the data for a DataWindow are replaced with spaces. Values are: Yes -- Replace each tab character with four spaces. No -- (Default) Do not replace tab characters. |
Examples
string str str = dw1.Object.DataWindow.ReplaceTabWithSpace dw1.Object.DataWindow.ReplaceTabWithSpace="Yes" str = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.ReplaceTabWithSpace") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.ReplaceTabWithSpace=Yes")
Description
Whether the DataWindow is a read-only report.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Report = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the DataWindow is a read-only report, similar to a DataWindow created in the Report painter. Values are: Yes -- The DataWindow is a read-only report. No -- The DataWindow is not read-only. |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(...Report = yes ...)', errstring)
Description
Specifies that a change in the value of the group column causes the page count to begin again at 0.
Applies to
Group keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Group (col1 {col2 ...} ... ResetPageCount )
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(Type=Group) " + & "Group(#3 NewPage ResetPageCount)", & errorvar)
Description
Whether the user can resize the specified control.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Resizeable
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Resizeable { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control within the DataWindow whose Resizeable setting you want to get or set. |
value |
A boolean number indicating whether controlname can be resized. Values are: 0 -- (False) The control cannot be resized. 1 -- (True) The control can be resized. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
When you make the control resizable, set the Border property to the resizable border so the user knows it is resizable.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Resizeable dw1.Object.graph_1.Resizeable = 1 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Resizeable") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Resizeable=1") dw1.Modify("bitmap_1.Resizeable=0")
Description
The SQL statement for the DataWindow.
Retrieve is set in DataWindow syntax only for the Create method.
Applies to
Table keywords
Syntax
Table ( ... Retrieve = selectstatement ... )
Description
Whether rows will be retrieved only as needed from the database. After the application calls the Retrieve method to get enough rows to fill the visible portion of the DataWindow, additional rows are "needed" when the user scrolls down to view rows that have not been viewed yet.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Retrieve.AsNeeded
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Retrieve.AsNeeded { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether rows will be retrieved only as needed from the database. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using Rows>Retrieve Options>Rows As Needed.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Retrieve.AsNeeded dw1.Object.DataWindow.Retrieve.AsNeeded= "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Retrieve.AsNeeded") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Retrieve.AsNeeded=Yes")
Description
Settings that affect the appearance and behavior of columns whose edit style is RichText.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.RichEdit.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.RichEdit.property { = value }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Column ( RichEdit.property = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column with the RichText edit style for which you want to get or set property values. You can specify the column name or a pound sign (#) and the column number. |
property |
A property for the column's Edit style. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. The table identifies the properties you can use with SyntaxFromSql. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for RichEdit |
Value |
---|---|
AutoSelect |
Whether to select the contents of the column control automatically when it receives focus. Values are: Yes -- Select automatically. No -- Do not select automatically. You can use AutoSelect with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Auto Selection option |
DisplayOnly |
Whether the column is display only. Values are: Yes -- Do not allow the user to enter data; make the column display only. No -- Allow the user to enter data. Painter: Display Only option For conditional control over column editing, use the Protect property. |
FocusRectangle |
Whether a dotted rectangle (the focus rectangle) surrounds the current row of the column when the column has focus. Values are: Yes -- Display the focus rectangle. No -- Do not display the focus rectangle. You can use FocusRectangle with SyntaxFromSql. The setting applies to all the columns in the generated syntax. Painter: Show Focus Rectangle option |
Limit |
A number specifying the maximum number of characters (0 to 32,767) that the user can enter. 0 means unlimited. Painter: Limit option. |
NilIsNull |
Whether to set the value of the column control to null when the user leaves it blank. Values are: Yes -- Make the empty string null. No -- Do not make the empty string null. Painter: Empty String is Null option. |
Required |
Whether the column is required. Values are: Yes -- It is required. No -- It is not required. Painter: Required option. |
VScrollBar |
Whether a vertical scroll bar displays in the column control. Values are: Yes -- Display vertical scroll bars. No -- Do not display vertical scroll bars. Painter: Vertical Scroll Bar option. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, Edit tab, when Style Type is RichText.
Examples
string setting setting = & dw_1.Object.rte_description.RichEdit.AutoSelect dw_1.Object.rte_description.RichEdit.VScrollBar="yes" setting = dw_1.Describe(& "rte_description.RichEdit.VScrollBar") dw_1.Modify("rte_description.RichEdit.Required=no")
Description
Properties for the DataWindow RichText presentation style.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.RichText.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.RichText.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for the DataWindow RichText presentation style. Properties and appropriate values are listed in the table below. |
value |
A value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for RichText |
Value |
---|---|
BackColor |
A long specifying the numeric value of the background color of the text editing area. Values are -2 to 16,777,215. For more information about color, see RGB. Painter: Background Color group, General option. |
ControlCharsVisible |
Specifies whether control characters (carriage returns, spaces, and tabs) are visible. Values are:
Painter: RichText Presentation group, ControlChars Visible option. |
DisplayOnly |
Specifies whether users can make changes to the contents. Values are:
Painter: Display Only option. |
HeaderFooter |
(Read-only) Specifies whether the RichTextEdit DataWindow has a header/footer section. This property must be set in the painter and cannot be changed at runtime. Values are:
If a document has a header or footer and the HeaderFooter property is set to no, then header/footer information in the document is ignored. If the document is then saved in the same file, the header/footer information is lost. Painter: Header/Footer option. |
InputField BackColor |
A long specifying the default background color for all input fields: -2 to 16,777,215. Painter: Background Color group, Input Field option. |
InputField NamesVisible |
Specifies whether input field names are displayed in input fields, rather than the input field values. Values are:
The value you specify is ignored when the InputFieldsVisible property is set to false. Painter: RichText Presentation group, Input Field Names Visible option. |
InputFields Visible |
Specifies whether input fields display in the DataWindow object. Values are:
Painter: RichText Presentation group, Input Fields Visible option. |
PictureFrame (obsolete) |
(Obsolete) This property is no longer supported since PowerBuilder 12.6. Specifies whether pictures are displayed as empty frames. Values are:
Painter: Pictures As Frame option. |
PopMenu |
Specifies whether the user has access to a pop-up menu by clicking the right mouse button on the DataWindow. The menu allows the user to cut and paste, insert a file, and select formatting options. Values are:
Painter: PopUp Menu option. |
ReadOnly |
Specifies whether the user can change the data and the text in the DataWindow. Values are:
|
ReturnsVisible (obsolete) |
Replaced by RichText.ControlCharsVisible property. |
RulerBar |
Specifies whether a ruler bar is visible above the editing area. If visible, the user can use it to see measurements while setting tabs and margins on the tab bar (see the TabBar property in this table). Values are:
If the RichTextEdit pop-up menu is enabled, the user can use it to turn ruler bar display on and off (see the PopMenu property in this table). Painter: RichText Bars group, Ruler option. |
SpacesVisible |
Specifies whether spaces are visible. Values are:
Painter: RichText Presentation group, Spaces Visible option. |
TabBar (obsolete) |
(Obsolete) This property is no longer supported since PowerBuilder 12.6. Specifies whether a bar for setting tabs is visible above the editing area. Values are:
If the pop-up menu is enabled, the user can use it to turn tab bar display on and off (see the PopMenu property in this table). Painter: RichText Bars group, Tab option. |
TabsVisible |
Specifies whether tabs are visible. Values are:
Painter: RichText Presentation group, Tabs Visible option. |
ToolBar |
Specifies whether a tool bar for formatting text is visible above the editing area. Values are:
If the pop-up menu is enabled, the user can use it to turn tool bar display on and off (see the PopMenu property in this table). Painter: RichText Bars group, Tool option. |
WordWrap |
Determines whether large blocks of text that do not contain spaces wrap automatically to the next line when the line reaches the margin. Values are:
Painter: Word Wrap option |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, when the presentation style is RichText.
Examples
string setting setting = & dw1.Object.DataWindow.RichText.DisplayOnly dw1.Object.DataWindow.RichText.PopMenu = "yes" setting = & dw1.Describe("DataWindow.RichText.DisplayOnly") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.RichText.PopMenu = 'yes'")
Description
The RightToLeft property is used to set controls to read right-to-left. This property is for use when you are developing an application for a language that has right-to-left reading order.
Applies to
Column
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.RightToLeft
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.RightToLeft { = integer }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the right-to-left property. |
integer |
Whether the control is set to right-to-left:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
dw_1.Object.fname.RightToLeft=1
Description
The degree of left-to-right rotation for the graph control within the DataWindow when the graph has a 3D type.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Rotation
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Rotation = { 'integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the Graph control for which you want to get or set the rotation. |
integer |
(exp) The degree of rotation for the graph. Effective values range from -90 to 90. Integer can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Rotation scroll bar (enabled when a 3D graph type is selected).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Rotation dw1.Object.graph_1.Rotation=25 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Rotation") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Rotation=25") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Rotation='1~tHour(Now())'")
Description
Whether the user can use the mouse to change the height of the rows in the detail area of the DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Row.Resize
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Row.Resize { = value } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the user can resize the rows in the detail area. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Row Resize option (available when the presentation style is Grid or Crosstab).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Row.Resize dw1.Object.DataWindow.Row.Resize = 0 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Row.Resize") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Row.Resize=0")
Description
The number of rows in the detail area of an n-up DataWindow object. This property should be 1 unless the Type property for the Style keyword is Tabular.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Rows_Per_Detail
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Rows_Per_Detail"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow ( ... Rows_Per_Detail = n ... )
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlselect, & 'DataWindow(...Rows_Per_Detail = 12 ...)', & errstring)
Description
A list of selected controls within the DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Selected
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Selected = 'list ' "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
list |
A list of the controls you want to select. In the list you designate a group of controls by specifying a range of row numbers and a range of controls in the format: startrow/endrow/startcontrol/endcontrol To specify more than one group, separate each group with a semicolon: startrow1/endrow1/startobj1/endobj1;startrow2/endrow2/startobj2/endobj2;... Do not include spaces in the string. You must use column names, not column numbers. |
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Selected dw1.Object.DataWindow.Selected = & "1/10/emp_id/emp_name;12/23/salary/status" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Selected") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Selected=" & "'1/10/emp_id/emp_name;12/23/salary/status'")
Description
A list describing the selected data in the DataWindow. Each column's data is separated by a tab and each row is on a separate line.
Applies to
DataWindows (Crosstab and Grid presentation styles only)
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Selected.Data
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Selected.Data"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Selected.Data setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Selected.Data")
Description
Whether the user can use the mouse to select columns.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Selected.Mouse
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Selected.Mouse { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the user can use the mouse to select columns. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Mouse Selection option (available when the presentation style is Grid or Crosstab).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Selected.Mouse dw1.Object.DataWindow.Selected.Mouse = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Selected.Mouse") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Selected.Mouse = Yes")
See Axis, Axis.property, and DispAttr.fontproperty.
Description
The color used for shading the back edge of the series markers when the graph's type is 3D. ShadeColor has no effect unless Series.ShadeBackEdge is 1 (Yes). If ShadeBackEdge is 0, the axis plane is the same color as the background color of the graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.ShadeColor
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.ShadeColor { = ' long ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The Graph control in the DataWindow for which you want to shade color. |
long |
(exp) A long number converted to a string specifying the color of the shading for axes of a 3D graph. You can use the RGB function in a DataWindow expression or in PowerScript to calculate the desired color value. However, be sure to convert the return value of the PowerScript function to a string. Long can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
To set the shade color for individual series markers, such as bars or pie slices, use the method SetDataStyle.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Shade Color option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.ShadeColor dw1.Object.graph_1.ShadeColor = 16600000 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.ShadeColor") dw1.Modify("graph_1.ShadeColor=16600000") dw1.Modify("graph_1.ShadeColor=String(RGB(90,90,90))) dw1.Modify("graph_1.ShadeColor='0~t" & + If(salary>50000," & + String(RGB(100,90,90)) & + "," & + String(RGB(90,90,100)) & + ")'")
Description
Whether the background color that you select for a button displays on Windows XP.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.ShowBackColorOnXP
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.ShowBackColorOnXP{ = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
A boolean value that indicates whether the background color that you select for a button displays on Windows XP. Values are: Yes -- Display the background color. No -- Do not display the background color (default). |
Usage
The Background.Color property is not supported for buttons on Windows XP by default because the current XP theme controls the appearance of the button.
In the painter
Set the Show Backcolor on XP property on the General tab of the Properties view for the DataWindow object. The background color you selected will display in Preview mode.
Examples
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.ShowBackColorOnXP = yes") dw1.Object.DataWindow.ShowBackColorOnXP = "yes"
Description
Whether the background settings of the report display.
Applies to
Report controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.ShowBackground
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.ShowBackground{ = 'value '}"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
A boolean value that indicates whether the report's background color settings display. Values are: Yes -- Display the background settings. No -- Do not display the background settings (default). |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Show Background check box.
Examples
dw1.Modify("r_orders_nested.ShowBackground = yes") dw1.Object.DataWindow.ShowBackground = "yes"
Description
Whether the DataWindow definition will display. The DataWindow will display the column names instead of data.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.ShowDefinition
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.ShowDefinition { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) Whether the column names will display. Values are:
Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.ShowDefinition dw1.Object.DataWindow.ShowDefinition = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.ShowDefinition") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.ShowDefinition=Yes")
Description
Whether the graph should be sized automatically to the display area.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.SizeToDisplay
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.SizeToDisplay { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The graph control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set adjustability. |
value |
(exp) A boolean number specifying whether to adjust the size of the graph to the display. Values are:
Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Size To Display option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.SizeToDisplay dw1.Object.graph_1.SizeToDisplay = 0 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.SizeToDisplay") dw1.Modify("graph_1.SizeToDisplay=0")
Description
Whether the control moves to the left when other controls to the left leave empty space available. This property is for use with read-only controls and printed reports. It should not be used with data entry fields or controls.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.SlideLeft
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.SlideLeft { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the Slide setting. |
value |
(exp) Whether the control slides left when there is empty space to its left. Values are:
Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab, Slide Left check box.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.SlideLeft dw1.Object.emp_lname.SlideLeft = "yes" setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.SlideLeft") dw1.Modify("emp_lname.SlideLeft=yes")
Description
Whether the control moves up when other controls above it leave empty space available. This property is for use with read-only controls and printed reports. It should not be used with data entry fields or controls.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.SlideUp
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.SlideUp { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the Slide setting. |
value |
(exp) How the control slides up when there is empty space above it. Values are:
Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab, Slide Up check box.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.SlideUp dw1.Object.emp_lname.SlideUp = "no" setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.SlideUp") dw1.Modify("emp_lname.SlideUp=no")
Description
Sort criteria for a newly created DataWindow. To specify sorting for existing DataWindows, see the SetSort and Sort methods.
Applies to
Table keywords in DataWindow syntax
Syntax
DataWindow syntax for Create method:
Table ( ... Sort = stringexpression ... )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
stringexpression |
A string whose value represents valid sort criteria. See the SetSort method for the format for sort criteria. If the criteria string is null, PowerBuilder prompts for a sort specification when it displays the DataWindow. |
Description
The gap between categories in a graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Spacing
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Spacing { = 'integer ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
The name of the graph control in the DataWindow for which you want to get or set the spacing. |
integer |
(exp) An integer specifying the gap between categories in the graph. You specify the value as a percentage of the width of the data marker. For example, in a bar graph, 100 is the width of one bar, 50 is half a bar, and so on. Integer can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Spacing option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.graph_1.Spacing dw1.Object.graph_1.Spacing = 120 setting = dw1.Describe("graph_1.Spacing") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Spacing=120")
Description
The names of repeating columns that will be suppressed in the DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Sparse
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Sparse { = 'list ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
list |
(exp) A tab-separated list of column names to be suppressed. List can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Create method (include at the end of the DataWindow syntax):
Sparse ( names = "col1~tcol2~tcol3 ...")
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using Rows>Suppress Repeating Values.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Sparse dw1.Object.DataWindow.Sparse = 'col1~tcol2' setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Sparse") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Sparse='col1~tcol2'")
Description
The amount of virtual storage in bytes that has been allocated for the DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Storage
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Storage"
Usage
Canceling a query that uses too much storage
You can check this property in the script for the RetrieveRow event in the DataWindow control and cancel a query if it is consuming too much storage.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Storage setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Storage") IF Long(setting) > 50000 THEN RETURN 1
Description
The default page size for DataWindow storage.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.StoragePageSize
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.StoragePageSize { = 'size ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
size |
Two values are provided to enable the DataWindow to use the available virtual memory most efficiently in the current environment:
|
Usage
Set this property to avoid out of memory errors when performing large retrieve, import, or RowsCopy operations. The property must be set before the operation is invoked.
Examples
dw1.Modify("datawindow.storagepagesize='LARGE'") dw1.object.datawindow.storagepagesize='large'
See Bandname.property.
Description
Whether the ButtonClicked or ButtonClicking event is fired for this particular button.
Applies to
Button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.buttonname.SuppressEventProcessing
Describe and Modify argument:
"buttonname.SuppressEventProcessing { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
buttonname |
The name of the button control for which you want to suppress event processing. |
value |
Whether event processing is to occur. Values are: Yes -- The event should not be fired. No -- The event should be fired (default). |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
string setting dw1.Object.b_name.SuppressEventProcessing = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("b_name.SuppressEventProcessing") dw1.Modify("b_name.SuppressEventProcessing = 'No'")
Description
The complete syntax for the DataWindow.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Syntax
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Syntax"
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Syntax setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Syntax")
Description
The data in the DataWindow object described in parse format (the format required by the DataWindow parser).
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Syntax.Data
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Syntax.Data"
Usage
Use this property with the Syntax property to obtain the description of the DataWindow object and the data. Using this information, you can create a syntax file that represents both the structure and data of a DataWindow at an instant in time. You can then use the syntax file as a DropDownDataWindow containing redefined data at a single location or to mail this as a text object.
Description
Whether the DataWindow syntax has been modified by a function call or user intervention. Calling the Modify, SetSort, or SetFilter method or changing the size of the DataWindow grid automatically sets Syntax.Modified to Yes.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Syntax.Modified
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Syntax.Modified { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
Whether the DataWindow syntax has been modified. Values are:
|
Usage
Use this property in Modify to set Syntax.Modified to No after you cause a change in the syntax that does not affect the user (such as setting preview on).
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Syntax.Modified dw1.Object.DataWindow.Syntax.Modified = "No" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Syntax.Modified") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Syntax.Modified=No")
Description
The section of the DataWindow syntax that specifies information about the DataWindow's database table, including the name of the update table.
Use Table in DataWindow syntax for the Create method.
Syntax
Does not apply.
Usage
Use this property to redefine a DataWindow result set. You can add a column, change the datatype of a column, or make other changes to the table section of your DataWindow involving properties that are not accessible through Modify calls or dot notation.
Caution
When you use this property to redefine the result set, you must redefine the table section in its entirety.
You can call the GetItem and SetItem methods to access columns added using this property, but the columns do not display in the DataWindow unless you call Modify("create column(...)") to add them.
To redefine your table section:
-
Export your DataWindow object to a DOS file.
-
Copy only the table section into your script.
-
Modify the table section to meet your needs.
-
Put the new table definition into a string variable. Change existing double quotation marks (") in the string to single quotation marks (') and change the tilde quotation marks to tilde tilde single quotation marks (~~').
-
Call Modify. Modifying the table section of your DataWindow causes the DataWindow to be reset.
-
(Optionally) Call Modify to add the column to the DataWindow display.
Description
The name of the database table that contains the blob(s).
Applies to
InkPicture and TableBlob controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Table
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Table { = 'tablename ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control in the DataWindow. |
tablename |
(exp) A string specifying the name of the table that contains the blob data. Tablename can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Definition tab, Table option. For InkPicture controls, the table contains a large binary column to store ink overlay data and a large binary column to hold a background image for the InkPicture control. For TableBlob controls, the table contains the large binary database object you want to insert into the DataWindow.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.inkpic_1.Table dw1.Object.inkpic_1.Table = "inkpictable" setting = dw1.Describe("inkpic_1.Table") dw1.Modify("inkpic_1.Table='inkpictable'") setting = dw1.Object.blob_1.Table dw1.Object.blob_1.Table = "emp_pictures" setting = dw1.Describe("blob_1.Table") dw1.Modify("blob_1.Table='emp_pictures'")
Description
Properties for the DataWindow's DBMS connection.
You can also specify stored procedures for update activities. For information, see Table.sqlaction.property.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Table.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Table.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property for the DataWindow's DBMS connection. Properties and appropriate values are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for Table |
Value |
---|---|
Arguments |
(Read only) A string containing retrieval argument names and types for the DataWindow. |
CrosstabData |
A string containing a tab-separated list of the expressions used to calculate the values of columns in a crosstab DataWindow. |
Data.Storage |
A string indicating whether table data is to be kept in memory or offloaded to disk. Values are:
Painter: Rows>Retrieve Options>Rows to Disk. |
Delete.Argument |
(Internal use only) A string containing arguments to pass to the delete method. |
Delete.Method |
(Internal use only) The name of the method. |
Delete.Type |
(Internal use only) Currently stored procedure is the only type implemented. |
Filter |
(exp) A string containing the filter for the DataWindow. Filters are expressions that can evaluate to true or false. The Table.Filter property filters the data before it is retrieved. To filter data already in the DataWindow's buffers, use the Filter property or the SetFilter and Filter methods. The filter string can be a quoted DataWindow expression. Painter: Rows>Filter. |
GridColumns |
(Read-only) The grid columns of a DataWindow. |
Insert.Argument |
(Internal use only) A string containing arguments to pass to the insert method. |
Insert.Method |
(Internal use only) The name of the method. |
Insert.Type |
(Internal use only) Currently stored procedure is the only type implemented. |
Procedure |
A string that contains the number of the result set returned by the stored procedure to populate the DataWindow object. You can use this property only if your DBMS supports stored procedures. Use this property to change the stored procedure or to change the data source from a SELECT statement or script to a stored procedure (see the example). Painter: Set when Stored Procedure is selected as a data source. |
Select |
A string containing the SQL SELECT statement that is the data source for the DataWindow. Use this property to specify a new SELECT statement or change the data source from a stored procedure or Script to a SELECT statement. Table.Select has several advantages over the SetSqlSelect method:
If you are using describeless retrieval (the StaticBind database parameter is set to 1), you cannot use the Select property. Painter: Set when Select or Quick Select is selected as a data source. |
Select.Attribute |
(Read-only) A string containing the PBSELECT statement for the DataWindow. |
Sort |
(exp) A string containing the sort criteria for the DataWindow, for example, "1A,2D" (column 1 ascending, column 2 descending). The Table.Sort property sorts the data before it is retrieved. To sort data already in the DataWindow's buffers, use the SetSort and Sort methods. The value for Sort is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. Painter: Rows>Sort. |
SQLSelect |
The most recently executed SELECT statement. Setting this has no effect. See Select in this table. |
Update.Argument |
(Internal use only) A string containing arguments to pass to the update method. |
Update.Method |
(Internal use only) The name of the method. |
Update.Type |
(Internal use only) Currently stored procedure is the only type implemented. |
UpdateKey InPlace |
Whether the key column can be updated in place or the row has to be deleted and reinserted. This value determines the syntax PowerBuilder generates when a user modifies a key field:
Caution When there are multiple rows in a DataWindow object and the user switches keys or rows, updating in place might fail due to DBMS duplicate restrictions. Painter: Rows>Update Properties, Key Modification. |
UpdateTable |
A string specifying the name of the database table used to build the Update syntax. Painter: Rows>Update Properties, Table to Update. |
UpdateWhere |
An integer indicating which columns will be included in the WHERE clause of the Update statement. The value of UpdateWhere can impact performance or cause lost data when more than one user accesses the same tables at the same time. Values are:
For more about the effects of this setting, see the discussion of the Specify Update Characteristics dialog box in the section called “Controlling Updates in DataWindow objects” in Users Guide. Painter: Rows>Update Properties, Where Clause for Update/Delete. |
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Table.Sort dw1.Object.DataWindow.Table.Data.Storage = "disk" dw1.Object.DataWindow.Table.Filter = "salary>50000" setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Table.Sort") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Table.Filter='salary>50000'") dw_l.Modify (" DataWindow.Table.Procedure= & '1 Execute MyOwner MyProcName;1 & @NameOfProcArg=:NameOfDWArg, & @NameOfProcArg=:NameOfDWArg...' ") sqlvar = 'SELECT ... WHERE ...' dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Table.Select='" + sqlvar + "'")
Description
The way data is updated in the database. When the Update method is executed, it can send UPDATE, INSERT, and DELETE SQL statements to the DBMS. You can specify that a stored procedure be used instead of the default SQL statement for each type of data modification.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Table.sqlaction.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Table.sqlaction.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
sqlaction |
The SQL statement that would ordinarily be executed as part of a database update. Values are:
|
property |
A property for sqlaction. Properties and appropriate values are listed in the table below. |
value |
The value to be assigned to the property. |
Property for Table |
Value |
---|---|
Arguments |
A string specifying the arguments used in the stored procedure. The string takes this format: ("argname", valuetype { =("valuesrc" {, datasrc, paramtype } ) Argname is the name of the stored procedure parameter. Valuetype is one of the keywords described below. Datasrc and paramtype apply to the COLUMN keyword. Valuesrc is the column, computed field, or expression that produces the value to be passed to the stored procedure. |
Method |
A string specifying the name of the stored procedure. The stored procedure is used only if the value of Type is SP. |
Type |
Specifies whether the database update is performed using a stored procedure. Values are:
|
Keyword for valuetype |
Description |
---|---|
COLUMN |
The argument value will be taken from the table and column named in valuesrc. Valuesrc has the form: "tablename.column" For COLUMN, you must also specify whether the data is the new or original column value. Values for datasrc are:
A sample string for providing a column argument is: ("empid", COLUMN=("employee.empid", ORIG, IN)) |
COMPUTE |
The computed field named in valuesrc is the source of the value passed to the stored procedure. A sample string for providing a computed field argument is: ("newsalary", COMPUTE=("salary_calc")) |
EXPRESSION |
The expression specified in valuesrc is evaluated and passed to the stored procedure. A sample string for providing an expression argument is: ("dept_name", EXPRESSION=("LookUpDisplay(dept_id)")) |
UNUSED |
No value is passed to the stored procedure. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the values using Rows>Stored Procedure Update. Select the tab page for the SQL command you want to associate with a stored procedure.
In code
If you enable a DataWindow object to use stored procedures to update the database when it is not already using stored procedures, you must change Type to SP first. Setting Type ensures that internal structures are built before you set Method and Arguments. If you do not change Type to SP, then setting Method or Arguments will fail.
When the values you specify in code are nested in a longer string, you must use the appropriate escape characters for quotation marks.
Examples
Each is all on one line:
dw_x.Describe("DataWindow.Table.Delete.Method") dw_x.Describe("DataWindow.Table.Delete.Arguments") dw_x.Modify("DataWindow.Table.Delete.Type=SP") dw_x.Modify("DataWindow.Table.Delete.Arguments = ((~"id~", COLUMN=(~"department.dept_id!~", ORIG)))") dw_x.Modify("DataWindow.Table.Delete.Method = ~"spname~"")
Description
The number assigned to the specified control in the DataWindow's tab order.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, OLE Object, OLE Database Blob, Picture, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.TabSequence
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.TabSequence { = number }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The name of the column whose tab order you want to get or set. |
number |
A number from 0 to 32000 specifying the position of the column in the tab order. A value of 0 takes the column out of the tab order and makes it read-only. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using Format>Tab Order.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.TabSequence dw1.Object.emp_name.TabSequence = 10 setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.TabSequence") dw1.Modify("emp_name.TabSequence = 10")
Description
The tag value of the specified control. The tag value can be any text you see fit to use in your application.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Tag
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Tag { = ' string ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of a control in the DataWindow. |
string |
(exp) A string specifying the tag for controlname. String is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Tag option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.blob_1.Tag dw1.Object.graph_1.Tag = 'Graph of results' setting = dw1.Describe("blob_1.Tag") dw1.Modify("graph_1.Tag = 'Graph of results'")
Description
The columns and expressions whose data is transferred from the DataWindow to the OLE object.
Applies to
OLE Object controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.oleobjectname.Target
Describe and Modify argument:
"oleobjectname.Target { = ' columnlist ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
oleobjectname |
The name of the OLE Object control for which you want to get or set the data to be transferred. |
columnlist |
(exp) A list of the columns or expressions whose data is transferred to the OLE object. If there is more than one, separate them with commas. Columnlist can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
GroupBy and Range also affect the data that is transferred to the OLE object.
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Data tab, Target Data option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.ole_1.Target dw1.Object.ole_1.Target = 'lname, Len(companyname)' setting = dw1.Describe("ole_1.Target") dw1.Modify("ole_1.Target = 'lname, Len(companyname)'")
Description
The name of a file that will be used to start the application in OLE.
Applies to
TableBlob controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.tblobname.Template
Describe and Modify argument:
"tblobname.Template { = ' string ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
tblobname |
The name of a TableBlob control in the DataWindow. |
string |
(exp) A string whose value is the file name of an application that is to be the OLE template. String is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Definition tab, File Template option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.blob_1.Template dw1.Object.blob_1.Template='Excel.xls' setting = dw1.Describe("blob_1.Template") dw1.Modify("blob_1.Template='Excel.xls'")
Description
The text of the specified control.
Applies to
Button, GroupBox, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.textname.Text
Describe and Modify argument:
"textname.Text { = ' string ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
textname |
The name of a control in the DataWindow. |
string |
(exp) A string specifying the text for textname. To specify an accelerator key in the text, include an ampersand before the desired letter. The letter will display underlined. String is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Text option.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.text_1.Text dw1.Object.text_1.Text = "Employee &Name" setting = dw1.Describe("text_1.Text") dw1.Modify("text_1.Text='Employee &Name'")
Description
The number of milliseconds between the internal timer events. When you use time in a DataWindow, an internal timer event is triggered at the interval specified by Timer_Interval. This determines how often time fields are updated.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Timer_Interval
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Timer_Interval { = number }"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow ( Timer_Interval = number )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
number |
An integer specifying the interval between timer events in milliseconds. The default is 60,000 milliseconds or one minute. The maximum value is 65,535 milliseconds. |
Usage
When a computed field uses Now as its expression value, it refreshes the displayed value every time the timer interval period elapses.
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Timer Interval option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Timer_Interval dw1.Object.DataWindow.Timer_Interval = 10000 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Timer_Interval") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Timer_Interval=10000")
Description
The title of the graph.
Applies to
Graph controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.graphname.Title
Describe and Modify argument:
"graphname.Title { = 'titlestring ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
graphname |
In the DataWindow object, the name of the Graph control for which you want to get or set the title |
titlestring |
A string specifying the graph's title |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Title option.
The default expression for the Title.DispAttr.DisplayExpression property is "title", which refers to the value of the Title property. The display expression can combine the fixed text of the Title property with other text, functions, and operators. If the expression for Title.DispAttr.DisplayExpression does not include the Title property, then the value of the Title property will be ignored.
For an example, see DispAttr.fontproperty.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.gr_1.Title dw1.Object.gr_1.Title = 'Sales Graph' setting = dw1.Describe("gr_1.Title") dw1.Modify("gr_1.Title = 'Sales Graph'")
Description
Settings for tooltips for a column or control.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, InkPicture, Line, OLE, Blob OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Tooltip.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Tooltip.property { = 'value ' }"
SyntaxFromSql:
Column ( Tooltip.property = value ) Text ( Tooltip.property = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The control whose Tooltip properties you want to get or set. When generating DataWindow syntax with SyntaxFromSql, the Tooltip settings apply to all columns or all text controls. |
property |
A property that applies to the tooltip of a control, as listed in the Property table below. |
value |
Values for the properties are shown below. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Tooltip |
Value |
---|---|
Backcolor |
(exp) A long specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used for the background color of the tooltip box. This property will take effect only when the Windows classic style option is selected. Select "Enable Windows Classic Style in the IDE" in the System Options for this property to take effect when running the application from the IDE; and select "Windows classic style" in the project painter for this property to take effect when running the application executable. |
Delay.initial |
(exp) An integer specifying the time in milliseconds before the tooltip box displays (minimum zero, maximum 32767). Default value is 0. |
Delay.visible |
(exp) An integer specifying the time in milliseconds that the tootip box remains visible (minimum zero, maximum 32767). Default value is 32000. |
Enabled |
(exp) Whether the tooltip is enabled. Values are: 1 -- The tooltip is enabled. 0 -- (Default) The tooltip is disabled. |
HasCloseButton |
Reserved for future use only |
Icon |
(exp) A string for the icon to display to the left of the title in the tooltip box. The default is for no icon to display. Three stock icons are available for display in the tooltip box: Info, Warning, and Error. 0 -- None 1 -- Info 2 -- Warning 3 -- Error |
Isbubble |
(exp) Whether the tooltip box displays as a basic rectangle or a callout bubble. Values are: 0 -- Displays the standard tooltip shape. 1 -- Displays the tooltip as a rounded callout bubble. |
MaxWidth |
Reserved for future use only |
Position |
Reserved for future use only |
Tip |
(exp) A string specifying the text for the tooltip. If you use an expression, make sure the result is converted to a string. |
Title |
(exp) A string specifying the tooltip box title. If you use an expression, make sure the result is converted to a string. |
Textcolor |
(exp) A long expression specifying the color (the red, green, and blue values) to be used as the control's tooltip color. This property will take effect only when the Windows classic style option is selected. Select "Enable Windows Classic Style in the IDE" in the System Options for this property to take effect when running the application from the IDE; and select "Windows classic style" in the project painter for this property to take effect when running the application executable. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value on the Tooltip tab of the Properties view.
Not available for columns or controls in RichText, Graph, or OLE DataWindow objects. If you want to add a tooltip to an InkPicture in a DataWindow, that InkPicture must not be enabled.
Examples
dw_1.Object.oval_1.Tooltip.Color = RGB(255, 0, 128) ls_data = dw_1.Describe("oval_1.Tooltip.Color") dw_1.Modify("emp_name.Tooltip.Color='11665407'") SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(...) Column(Tooltip.Delay.Visible=15 ...) & ...", ls_Errors) SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sql_syntax, & "Style(...) Column(Tooltip.TextColor=11665407 ...)"& , ls_Errors)
Description
Whether the footer of a nested report is displayed at the end of the report or at the bottom of the page. Trail_Footer applies only to reports in a composite DataWindow. Setting Trail_Footer to No forces controls following the report onto a new page.
Applies to
Report controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.reportname.Trail_Footer
Describe and Modify argument:
"reportname.Trail_Footer { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
reportname |
The name of the report control for which you want to get or set Trail_Footer. |
value |
Whether the report's footer trails the last line of the report or appears at the bottom of the page. Values are: Yes -- The footer appears right after the last line of data in the report. No -- The footer appears at the bottom of the page, forcing any data following the report onto the following page. |
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.rpt_1.Trail_Footer dw1.Object.rpt_1.Trail_Footer = "Yes" setting = dw1.Describe("rpt_1.Trail_Footer") dw1.Modify("rpt_1.Trail_Footer = Yes")
See Bandname.property.
Description
Settings for the transparency of the text in a control.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, GroupBox, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Transparency
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Transparency { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column or control in the DataWindow for which you want to specify the percentage transparency for the text of the column or control. |
value |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the text background is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Font tab of the Properties view.
Using Transparency with fonts
The Transparency property works with fonts, but only on screen. Text with transparent properties appears blurry in PDF files. The transparent text does not display in print unless you use True Type fonts.
In Windows Vista, ClearType anti-aliasing conflicts with the transparency settings and causes the fonts to appear blurred. Turn off ClearType to avoid this problem; font transparency will work, but the fonts will not be smoothed. You can also avoid using ClearType fonts.
Examples
setting = dw_1.Object.cb_1.Transparency dw_1.Object.cb_1.Transparency = 50
Description
Settings for the transparency of a picture control. This feature is not supported in the RichText and OLE processing styles.
Applies to
Picture controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Transparency
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Transparency { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the picture control in the DataWindow for which you want to specify the percentage transparency. |
value |
(exp) An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the picture is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the General tab of the Properties view.
Examples
dw_1.Object.p_1.Transparency = 50
Description
Setting that controls the transparency of the background/primary gradient color.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.transparency
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow (transparency = { integer } )"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
integer |
An integer in the range 0 to 100, where 0 means that the primary color (background) is opaque and 100 that it is completely transparent. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the DataWindow object and set the value on the Background tab of the Properties view.
If you save to an EMF or WMF, the properties on the Background tab are not saved with the DataWindow.
See also
Description
Settings for a TreeView DataWindow.
Applies to
TreeView DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Tree.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Tree.property { = value } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
A property that controls the appearance or behavior of the TreeView DataWindow. Properties and their settings are listed in the table below. |
value |
(exp) A string value for the file name of the tree node icon in the detail band. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Property for Tree |
Value |
---|---|
DefaultExpandToLevel |
A long value that is the default level of expansion for the TreeView DataWindow. For example, if the default level is 2, only data with a level less than or equal to 2 is expanded by default.The value must represent a valid level. Painter: Expand To Level By Default drop-down list on the General page in the Properties view. The list displays the levels that have been created for the DataWindow. |
Indent |
A long value in the units specified for the DataWindow that defines the position of the state icon. The state icon is a plus (+) or minus (-) sign that indicates whether the tree node is in a collapsed or expanded state. The icon's indent indicates the level of the node in the tree. The X position of the state icon is the X position of its parent plus value. Painter: Select or enter a value in the Indent Value box on the General page. |
SelectNodeByMouse |
A boolean value that indicates whether you can select a tree node by clicking the node with the mouse. Values are: Yes -- You can select a tree node with a mouse-click (default). No -- You cannot select a tree node with a mouse-click. Painter: Node By Mouse check box. |
ShowConnectLines |
A boolean value that indicates whether lines connecting parents and children display in the DataWindow object. If you want to show lines connecting rows in the detail band to their parent, you must also set ShowLeafNodeConnectLines. Values are: Yes -- Display connecting lines (default). No -- Do not display connecting lines. Painter: Show Lines check box. |
ShowLeafNodeConnectLines |
A boolean value that indicates whether lines connecting rows in the detail band to their parent display in the DataWindow object. This property is disabled if Show Lines box is not set. Values are: Yes -- Display connecting lines (default). No -- Do not display connecting lines. Painter: Connect Leaf Nodes check box. |
ShowTreeNodeIcon |
A boolean value that indicates whether tree node icons for level and detail bands display. If this property is not set, the Expanded and Collapsed Tree Node Icon File properties on the General properties page for each TreeView level are disabled. Values are: No -- Do not display tree node icons (default). Yes -- Display tree node icons. Painter: Use Tree Node Icon check box. |
StateIconAlignMode |
A long value that indicates how the state icon is aligned vertically with respect to the TreeView level band. Values are: 0 -- Middle (default). 1 -- Top. 2 -- Bottom. Painter: State Icon Align Mode drop-down list. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set values in the Properties view, General tab.
Examples
The following code sets and gets the long value that determines how many levels of the TreeView are expanded by default:
long ll_expandlevel dw1.Object.datawindow.tree.DefaultExpandToLevel = 1 ll_expandlevel = & dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.DefaultExpandToLevel
The following code gets and sets the Indent value:
indentVal = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.indent dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.indent = 80
The following examples manipulate the SelectNodeByMouse property:
if cbx_selectnodebymouse.checked then ls_selectnodebymouse='yes' else ls_selectnodebymouse='no' end if ls_ret=dw1.modify("datawindow.tree.selectnodebymouse='"+ls_selectnodebymouse+"'") if len(ls_ret)>0 then Messagebox("",ls_ret) end if ls_selectnodebymouse=dw1.Describe("datawindow.tree. selectnodebymouse") if lower(ls_selectnodebymouse)='no' then cbx_selectnodebymouse.checked=false else cbx_selectnodebymouse.checked=true end if dw1.modify("datawindow.tree.selectnodebymouse='yes'") dw1.Describe("datawindow.tree.selectnodebymouse")
The following examples manipulate the show connecting lines properties:
boolean lb_ShowLines, lb_ShowLeafLines lb_ShowLines = & dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.ShowConnectLines dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.ShowConnectLines='yes' lb_ShowLeafLines = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree. ShowLeafNodeConnectLines dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.ShowLeafNodeConnectLines =& 'yes'
The following example gets the current value of the StateIconAlignMode property and sets it to be aligned at the top:
ls_StateIconAlignMode = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.StateIconAlignMode //Align Top dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.StateIconAlignMode = 1
Description
The file name of the tree node icon in the detail band.
Applies to
TreeView DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Tree.Leaf.TreeNodeIconName
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Tree.Leaf.TreeNodeIconName { = value } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string value for the file name of the tree node icon in the detail band. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the detail band by clicking the gray divider for the band. Specify a file name and location in the Tree Node Icon File box on the General tab in the Properties view. This property is disabled if Use Tree Node Icon is not set on the General tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow.
Examples
ls_LeafIcon = & dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.Leaf.TreeNodeIconName dw1.Object.DataWindow.Tree.Leaf.TreeNodeIconName = & "c:\pictures\treenode.bmp"
Description
The file name of the icon for a TreeView node in a TreeView level band when the icon is in either the expanded or collapsed state. You set the icon file name separately for each TreeView level band.
Applies to
TreeView DataWindows
Syntax
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Tree.Level.#.property { = value } "
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
# |
The number of the level for which you want to specify an icon. The level number must exist. |
property |
A property that indicates whether the icon specified is for the expanded or collapsed state. Values are:
|
value |
(exp) A string value that is the file name of the tree node icon in the selected TreeView level band. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the level by clicking the gray divider for the band. Specify a file name and location in the Collapsed Tree Node Icon File and Expanded Tree Node Icon File boxes on the General tab in the Properties view for the band. These properties are disabled if Use Tree Node Icon is not selected on the General tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow.
You cannot get or set these properties using dot notation.
Examples
The following example gets the name of the icon used when a level 1 node is collapsed:
string ls_ico ls_ico = dw_tview.Describe & ("DataWindow.Tree.Level.1.CollapsedTreeNodeIconName")
Description
The type of the control (for Describe) or the type of presentation style (for SyntaxFromSql).
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Type
Describe argument:
"controlname.Type"
Parameter |
Description |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want the type. Valid values are:
|
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Type = value )
Parameter |
Description |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
value |
A keyword specifying the presentation style for the DataWindow object. Keywords are:
|
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.Type setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Type") SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(... Type=grid ...)', errstring)
Description
The unit of measure used to specify measurements in the DataWindow object. You set this in the DataWindow Style dialog box when you define the DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Units
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.Units"
SyntaxFromSql:
DataWindow ( Units = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
The type of units for measurements in the DataWindow. Values are: 0 -- PowerBuilder units 1 -- Display pixels 2 -- 1/1000 of a logical inch 3 -- 1/1000 of a logical centimeter |
Usage
PowerBuilder units and display pixels are adjusted for printing.
In the painter
Select the DataWindow by deselecting all controls; then set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Units option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Units setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Units")
Description
Whether the specified column is updatable. Each updatable column is included in the SQL statement that the Update method sends to the database. All updatable columns should be in the same database table.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Update
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Update { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column for which you want to get or set the updatable status |
value |
Whether the column is updatable. Values are: Yes -- Include the column in the SQL statement for updating the database. No -- Do not include the column in the SQL statement. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using Rows>Update Properties, Updateable Columns option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.Update dw1.Object.emp_name.Update = "No" setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Update") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Update=No")
Description
The validation expression for the specified column. Validation expressions are expressions that evaluate to true or false. They provide checking of data that the user enters in the DataWindow.
To set the validation expression, you can also use the SetValidate method. To check the current validation expression, use the GetValidate method.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Validation
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Validation { = ' validationstring ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column for which you want to get or set the validation rule.. |
validationstring |
(exp) A string containing the rule that will be used to validate data entered in the column. Validation rules are expressions that evaluate to true or false. Validationstring is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using the Column Specifications view, Validation Expression option.
Use operators, functions, and columns to build an expression. Use Verify to test it.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_status.Validation setting = dw1.Describe("emp_status.Validation")
Description
The message that PowerBuilder displays instead of the default message when an ItemError event occurs in the column.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.ValidationMsg
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.ValidationMsg { = ' string ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column for which you want to get or set the error message displayed when validation fails. |
string |
(exp) A string specifying the error message you want to set. String is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Set the value using the Column Specifications view, Validation Message option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_salary.ValidationMsg dw1.Object.emp_salary.ValidationMsg = & "Salary must be between 10,000 and 100,000" setting = dw1.Describe("emp_salary.ValidationMsg") dw1.Modify("emp_salary.ValidationMsg = " & "'Salary must be between 10,000 and 100,000'")
Description
The values in the code table for the column.
Applies to
Column controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.columnname.Values
Describe and Modify argument:
"columnname.Values { = ' string ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
columnname |
The column for which you want to specify the contents of the code table. |
string |
(exp) A string containing the code table values for the column. In the string, separate the display values and the actual values with a tab character, and separate multiple pairs of values with a slash using this format: "displayval~tactualval/displayval~tactualval/ ..." For example: "red~t1/white~t2" String is quoted and can be a DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Edit tab.
When Style Type is DropDownListBox, fill in the Display Value and Data Value columns for the code table.
When Style is Edit or EditMask, select the Use Code Table or Code Table check box and fill in the Display Value and Data Value columns for the code table.
Examples
setting = dw1.Object.emp_status.Values dw1.Object.emp_status.Values = & "Active~tA/Part Time~tP/Terminated~tT" setting = dw1.Describe("emp_status.Values") dw1.Modify("emp_status.Values = 'Active~tA/Part Time~tP/Terminated~tT'")
See Axis, Axis.property, and DispAttr.fontproperty.
Description
The height of the columns in the detail area of the DataWindow object. Vertical_Size is meaningful only when Type is Form (meaning the Freeform style). When a column reaches the specified height, PowerBuilder starts a new column to the right of the current column. The space between columns is specified in the Vertical_Spread property.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Vertical_Size = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the height of the columns in the detail area of the DataWindow object area in the units specified for the DataWindow |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(... Vertical_Size=1225...)', errstring)
Description
The vertical space between columns in the detail area of the DataWindow object. Vertical_Spread is meaningful only when Type is Form (meaning the Freeform style). The Vertical_Size property determines when to start a new column.
Applies to
Style keywords
Syntax
SyntaxFromSql:
Style ( Vertical_Spread = value )
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the vertical space between columns in the detail area of the DataWindow object area in the units specified for the DataWindow |
Examples
SQLCA.SyntaxFromSQL(sqlstring, & 'Style(... Vertical_Spread=25...)', errstring)
Description
The maximum height of the scroll box of the DataWindow's vertical scroll bar. This value is set by PowerBuilder based on the content of the DataWindow. Use VerticalScrollMaximum with VerticalScrollPosition to synchronize vertical scrolling in multiple DataWindow objects. The value is a long.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.VerticalScrollMaximum
Describe argument:
"DataWindow.VerticalScrollMaximum"
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.VerticalScrollMaximum setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.VerticalScrollMaximum")
Description
The position of the scroll box in the vertical scroll bar. Use VerticalScrollMaximum with VerticalScrollPosition to synchronize vertical scrolling in multiple DataWindow objects.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.VerticalScrollPosition
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.VerticalScrollPosition { = scrollvalue }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
scrollvalue |
A long specifying the position of the scroll box in the vertical scroll bar of the DataWindow |
Examples
string spos1 spos1 = dw1.Object.DataWindow.VerticalScrollPosition string spos1, smax, sscroll, modstring spos1 = & dw1.Describe("DataWindow.VerticalScrollPosition") smax = & dw1.Describe("DataWindow.VerticalScrollMaximum") sscroll = String(Long(smax)/2) modstring = "DataWindow.VerticalScrollPosition=" + & sscroll dw1.Modify(modstring)
Description
Whether the specified control in the DataWindow is visible.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, Line, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Visible
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Visible { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the Visible property. |
value |
(exp) Whether the specified control is visible. Values are: 0 -- False; the control is not visible. 1 -- True; the control is visible. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab. The Visible property is not supported for column controls in DataWindow objects with the Label presentation style.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_status.Visible dw1.Object.emp_status.Visible = 0 dw1.Object.emp_stat.Visible="0~tIf(emp_class=1,0,1)" setting = dw1.Describe("emp_status.Visible") dw1.Modify("emp_status.Visible=0") dw1.Modify("emp_stat.Visible='0~tIf(emp_cls=1,0,1)'")
Description
The way text in a button is vertically aligned.
Applies to
Button controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.buttonname.VTextAlign
Describe and Modify argument:
"buttonname.VTextAlign { = 'value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
buttonname |
The name of the button for which you want to align text. |
value |
An integer indicating how the button text is horizontally aligned. Values are: 0 -- Center 1 -- Top 2 -- Bottom 3 -- Multiline |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, General tab, Vertical Alignment option.
Examples
string setting dw1.Object.b_name.VTextAlign = "0" setting = dw1.Describe("b_name.VTextAlign") dw1.Modify("b_name.VTextAlign ='0'")
Description
The width of the specified control.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Width
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Width { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the width. |
value |
(exp) The width of the controlname in the units specified for the DataWindow. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.Width dw1.Object.emp_name.Width = 250 setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Width") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Width=250")
Description
(RichText presentation style only) Whether the column or computed field input field adjusts its width according to the data it contains.
The Width.Autosize and Multiline properties can be set together so that the input field can display multiple lines.
Applies to
Column and Computed Field controls in the RichText presentation style
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Width.Autosize
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Width.Autosize { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column or computed field for which you want to get or set the Autosize setting. |
value |
(exp) Whether the width of the input field adjusts according to the data it contains. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select an input field so that it is flashing, then right-click and select Properties from the pop-up menu. Set the value on the property sheet, Input Field tab, Fixed Size option.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.Width.Autosize dw1.Object.emp_name.Width.Autosize = "yes" setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Width.Autosize") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Width.Autosize=yes")
Description
(Grid presentation style only) Whether a column adjusts its width according to the data it contains.
Applies to
Column controls in the Grid presentation style
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Width.Autosize
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Width.Autosize { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the column for which you want to get or set the Autosize setting. |
value |
How the width of the column adjusts according to the data it contains. Values are:
|
Usage
In the painter
Select a column control, then set the value in the Properties view, Position tab, Autosize Width option.
Description
The distance of the specified control from the left edge of the DataWindow object.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.X
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.X { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the x coordinate. |
value |
(exp) An integer specifying the x coordinate of the control in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.X dw1.Object.emp_name.X = 10 setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.X") dw1.Modify("emp_name.X=10")
Description
The distance of each end of the specified line from the left edge of the line's band.
Applies to
Line controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.X1 dw_control.Object.controlname.X2
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.X1 { = ' value ' }" "controlname.X2 { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the line for which you want to get or set one of the x coordinates. |
value |
(exp) An integer specifying the x coordinate of the line in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.line_1.X1 dw1.Object.line_1.X1 = 10 dw1.Object.line_1.X2 = 1000 setting = dw1.Describe("line_1.X1") dw1.Modify("line_1.X1=10") dw1.Modify("line_1.X2=1000")
Description
A string that identifies the browser in which XHTML generated within an XSLT style sheet is displayed.
Obsolete property
XHTMLGen.browser is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.XHTMLGen.Browser
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.XHTMLGen.Browser { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
(exp) A string identifying the browser in which you want to display the generated XHTML. The value should match the browser identifier part of the text string that the browser specifies in the HTTP header it sends to the server. This property is usually set dynamically on the server according to the HTTP header returned from the client. Recognized strings are listed in the Usage section below. |
Usage
If the string specifies a browser that the DataWindow engine supports, the DataWindow generates an XSLT style sheet and JavaScript for XHTML transformation optimized for that browser. Browser-specific XSLT and JavaScript are generated only for Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 and later and Netscape 6.0 and later.
Browser identification strings are sent by the client to the server in the HTTP header. The server component can assign the HTTP_USER_AGENT value from the HTTP header to the Browser property.
The XML Web DataWindow generator recognizes these browsers:
Browser |
HTTP header string |
---|---|
Microsoft Internet Explorer |
Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.5; Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 6.x; |
Netscape |
Mozilla/5.0( |
In the painter
On the Web Generation tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XHTML from the Format to Configure list and select a browser from the list.
Description
Settings that specify how XML is generated, whether client-side, postback, or callback paging is used, the physical path to which XML is published, and the URL referenced by the JavaScript that transforms the XML to XHTML.
Obsolete property
XMLGen.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.XMLGen.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.XMLGen.property { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
One of the following:
|
value |
(exp) Inline -- A boolean that specifies whether the XML generated for the XML Web DataWindow is generated inline to the XSLT transformation script. Values are: true -- The XML is generated within the XSLT transformation script. false -- (default) The XML is published to a separate document. (exp) PublishPath -- A string that specifies the physical path of the website folder to which PowerBuilder publishes the generated XML document that contains the XML Web DataWindow content. (exp) ResourceBase -- A string that specifies the URL of the generated XML document that contains the XML Web DataWindow content. |
Usage
Inline
The XML published on the Internet in your XML Web DataWindow could contain sensitive data, and this data might be exposed to Internet users when published to a separate document. For increased security, if the Inline property to set to true, the XML is generated "inline" to the XSLT transformation script in the page that renders the control. If only authenticated users have access to this script, the security of the XML is ensured. Setting this property should have no adverse side effects on the caching efficiency of the control.
PublishPath and ResourceBase
The PublishPath folder must correspond to the URL specified in the ResourceBase property. At runtime, after PowerBuilder generates XML content to the PublishPath folder, client-side JavaScript in a generated page downloads it using a reference to the ResourceBase property. The JavaScript transforms the XML content to XHTML using the generated XSLT style sheet.
In the painter
On the Web Generation tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XML from the Format to Configure list and select the options you require.
Examples
These statements set the XMLGen.ResourceBase and XMLGen.PublishPath properties:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.XMLGen.ResourceBase= & 'http://www.myserver.com/xmlsource' dw1.Object.DataWindow.XMLGen.PublishPath= & 'C:\work\outputfiles\xmlsource' dw1.Modify("DataWindow.XMLGen.PublishPath= 'C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\MyWebApp\generatedfiles'") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.XMLGen.ResourceBase= '/MyWebApp/generatedfiles'")
This statement sets the XMLGen.Inline property so that XML is generated inline:
dw1.Modify("DataWindow.XMLGen.Inline='1'")
Description
Settings that specify the physical path to which the generated XSLT style sheet is published and the URL referenced by the JavaScript that transforms the XML to XHTML.
Obsolete property
XSLTGen.property is obsolete and should not be used, because the Web DataWindow technology is obsolete.
The Web Generation tab and JavaScript Generation tab are preserved for the backward compatibility only.
Applies to
DataWindow objects
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.XSLTGen.property
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.XSLTGen.property { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
property |
One of the following:
|
value |
(exp) PublishPath -- A string that specifies the physical path of the website folder to which PowerBuilder publishes the generated XSLT style sheet (exp) ResourceBase -- A string that specifies the URL of the generated XSLT style sheet |
Usage
The PublishPath folder must correspond to the URL specified in the ResourceBase property. At runtime, after PowerBuilder generates the XSLT style sheet to the PublishPath folder, client-side JavaScript in a generated page downloads it using a reference to the ResourceBase property. The JavaScript transforms the XML content to XHTML using the generated XSLT style sheet.
In the painter
On the Web Generation tab in the Properties view for the DataWindow object, select XSLT from the Format to Configure list and specify the ResourceBase and Publish Path locations.
Examples
These statements set the XSLTGen.ResourceBase and XSLTGen.PublishPath properties:
dw1.Object.DataWindow.XSLTGen.ResourceBase= & 'http://www.myserver.com/xmlsource' dw1.Object.DataWindow.XSLTGen.PublishPath= & 'C:\work\outputfiles\xmlsource'
Description
The distance of the specified control from the top of the control's band.
Applies to
Button, Column, Computed Field, Graph, GroupBox, OLE, Oval, Picture, Rectangle, Report, RoundRectangle, TableBlob, and Text controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Y
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Y { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the control for which you want to get or set the y coordinate. |
value |
(exp) An integer specifying the y coordinate of the control in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.emp_name.Y dw1.Object.emp_name.Y = 100 setting = dw1.Describe("emp_name.Y") dw1.Modify("emp_name.Y=100")
Description
The distance of each end of the specified line from the top of the line's band.
Applies to
Line controls
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.controlname.Y1 dw_control.Object.controlname.Y2
Describe and Modify argument:
"controlname.Y1 { = 'value ' }" "controlname.Y2 { = ' value ' }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
controlname |
The name of the line for which you want to get or set one of the y coordinates. |
value |
(exp) An integer specifying the y coordinate of the line in the unit of measure specified for the DataWindow object. Value can be a quoted DataWindow expression. |
Usage
In the painter
Select the control and set the value in the Properties view, Position tab.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.line_1.Y1 dw1.Object.line_1.Y1 = 50 dw1.Object.line_1.Y2 = 50 setting = dw1.Describe("line_1.Y1") dw1.Modify("line_1.Y1=50") dw1.Modify("line_1.Y2=50")
Description
The scaling percentage of the DataWindow object.
Applies to
DataWindows
Syntax
PowerBuilder dot notation:
dw_control.Object.DataWindow.Zoom
Describe and Modify argument:
"DataWindow.Zoom { = value }"
Parameter |
Description |
---|---|
value |
An integer specifying the scaling percentage of the DataWindow object. The default is 100%. |
Usage
In the painter
To see the effect of different zoom factors in Preview mode, use Design>Zoom. The zoom factor you set in the painter is not used at runtime.
Limitation
The zoom property is not supported for the Graph, RichText, and OLE DataWindow styles.
Examples
string setting setting = dw1.Object.DataWindow.Zoom dw1.Object.DataWindow.Zoom = 50 setting = dw1.Describe("DataWindow.Zoom") dw1.Modify("DataWindow.Zoom=50")